annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 25876:9542c11c75e3

#
author Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
date Wed, 06 Oct 1999 11:40:36 +0000
parents
children b04d6e7e4790
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- define autoloads from other files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3 ;; Copyright (C) 1985,86,87,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5 ;; Maintainer: FSF
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6 ;; Keywords: internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8 ;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10 ;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11 ;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13 ;; any later version.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15 ;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16 ;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17 ;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
18 ;; GNU General Public License for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
19
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
20 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
21 ;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
22 ;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
23 ;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
24
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
25 ;;; **********************************************************************
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
26 ;;; You should never need to write autoloads by hand and put them here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
27 ;;;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
28 ;;; It is no longer necessary. Instead use autoload.el to maintain them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
29 ;;; for you. Just insert ";;;###autoload" before defuns or defmacros you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
30 ;;; want to be autoloaded, or other forms you want copied into loaddefs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
31 ;;; (defvars, key definitions, etc.). For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
32 ;;; ;;;###autoload
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
33 ;;; (defun foobar () ....)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
34 ;;; ;;;###autoload (define-key global-map "f" 'foobar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
35 ;;; ;;;###autoload
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
36 ;;; (defvar foobar-var nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
37 ;;; This is foobar-var's doc-string.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
38 ;;;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
39 ;;; Then do M-x update-file-autoloads on the file to update loaddefs.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
40 ;;;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
41 ;;; You can also use M-x update-autoloads-from-directory to update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
42 ;;; autoloads in loaddefs.el for all .el files in the directory specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
43 ;;; **********************************************************************
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
44
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
45 ;;; Generated autoloads follow (made by autoload.el).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
46
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
47 ;;; To sort them, execute the following after narrowing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
48 ;;; to a region starting just after the following formfeed (control-l)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
49 ;;; and ending just after the last formfeed in the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
50
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
51 ;;;(sort-regexp-fields nil "\n*.*\n.*from \\(.*\\)[^ ]* " "\\1"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
52 ;;; (point-min) (point-max))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
53
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-make-filename-from-adaname ada-mode) "ada-mode"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
55 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (14049 32049))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
57
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
58 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
59 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
60
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
61 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
62
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
63 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
64 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
65
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
66 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
67 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
68 Call external pretty printer program '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
69
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
70 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
71 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
72
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
73 Call EXTERNAL pretty printer (if you have one) '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
74
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
75 Fill comment paragraph '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
76 Fill comment paragraph and justify each line '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-justify]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
77 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-postfix]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
78
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
79 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
80 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
81
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
82 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
83 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
84
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
85 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
86 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
87 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
88 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
89 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
90
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
91 If you use imenu.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
92 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
93
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
94 If you use find-file.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
95 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
96 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
97 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
99 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
100 with body stubs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
102 If you use ada-xref.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
103 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
104 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
105 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
106 Execute Gnatf: '\\[ada-gnatf-current]'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
108 (autoload (quote ada-make-filename-from-adaname) "ada-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
109 Determine the filename of a package/procedure from its own Ada name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
111 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
113 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
115 ;;;;;; add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
116 ;;;;;; (14214 15653))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
117 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
119 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
120 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
121 This defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
123 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
124 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
125 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
127 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
128 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
130 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
131 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
133 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
134 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
135 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
143 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
145 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
146 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
147 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
148 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
150 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
151 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
152 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
153 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
154 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
156 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
157 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
159 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
160 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
161 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
162 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
163 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
164 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
166 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
167 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
169 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
170 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
171 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
172 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
173 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
174 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
176 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
177 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
179 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
180 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
182 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
183 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
185 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
186 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
188 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
189 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
191 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
192 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
193 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
194 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
196 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
198 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
200 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
201 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
202 ;;;;;; 4647))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
205 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
206 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
207 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
208 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
209 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
210 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
211 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
212 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
213 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
214 interpreted as `error'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
216 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
217 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
218 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
219 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
220 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
221 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
222 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
223 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
226 Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
227 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
228 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
229 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
230 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
231 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
232 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
233 will be overwritten with the new one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
234 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
235 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
236 will clear the cache." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
238 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
239 Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
240 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
242 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
243 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
244 BODY... )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
246 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
247 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
248 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
249 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
250 see also `ad-add-advice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
251 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
252 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
253 before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
254 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
255 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
256 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
257 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
258 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
261 Semantics of the various flags:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
262 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
263 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
264 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
266 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
267 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
269 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
270 advised function should be compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
272 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
273 during activation until somebody enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
275 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
276 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
277 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
278 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
280 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
281 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
283 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
284 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
285 during preloading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
287 Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
289 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
291 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292 ;;;;;; "ange-ftp.el" (14203 50169))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from ange-ftp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
294 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
296 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
297 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
298 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
299 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
300 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
301 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
303 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
305 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
307 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
309 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
311 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
312 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
313 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
314 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14063 14962))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
315 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
317 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
318 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
319 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
320 as the first thing on a line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
322 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
323 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
325 (defvar appt-audible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
326 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
328 (defvar appt-visible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
329 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
331 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
332 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
334 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
335 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
337 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
338 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
340 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
341 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
342 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
344 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
345 Add an appointment for the day at TIME and issue MESSAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
346 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
348 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
349 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
351 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
353 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
355 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
356 ;;;;;; apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el" (13940 33135))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
357 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
359 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
360 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
361 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
362 normal variables." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
364 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
366 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
367 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
368 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
369 noninteractive functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
371 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
372 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
374 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
375 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
376 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
377 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
378 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
380 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
381 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
382 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
383 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
384 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
386 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
387 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
388 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
389 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
391 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
393 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
395 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
396 ;;;;;; 32154))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
403 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
404 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
406 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
407 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
408 archive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
410 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
412 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
414 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (13623 48741))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
415 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
417 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
418 Major mode for editing arrays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
420 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
421 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
424 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427 Setting the variable 'respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
431 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
432 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
433 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
434 The variables are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436 Variables you assign:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437 max-row: The number of rows in the array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
438 max-column: The number of columns in the array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
439 columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
440 field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
441 rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
442 row numbers in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
444 Variables which are calculated:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
445 line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
446 lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
448 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
449 take a numeric prefix argument):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
451 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
452 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
453 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
454 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
457 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
458 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
459 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
461 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
462 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
463 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
464 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
466 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
467 between that of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
469 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
470 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
472 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
473 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475 newlines inside rows)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
477 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
479 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
481 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
483 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (13833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484 ;;;;;; 34413))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
487 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
488 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
489 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
491 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
492 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
493 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
494 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
496 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
497 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
499 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
500 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
502 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
504 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
505 \\{asm-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
506 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
508 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
510 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
511 ;;;;;; (14201 235))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
512 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
514 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
515 Non-nil means do automatic horizontal scrolling, when lines are truncated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
517 This variable is automatically local in each buffer where it is set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
520 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-show-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
522 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-show) (quote auto-show-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
524 (custom-add-load (quote auto-show-mode) (quote auto-show))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527 Turn automatic horizontal scroll mode on or off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528 With arg, turn auto scrolling on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
529 This mode is enabled or disabled for each buffer individually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
530 It takes effect only when `truncate-lines' is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
532 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
534 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
535 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14118 1735))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
536 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
538 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
539 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
540 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
543 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548 Toggle auto-insert mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
549 With prefix ARG, turn auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
550 Returns the new status of auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
552 When auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
557 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
558 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
559 ;;;;;; (14198 40228))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
560 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
562 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
563 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
564 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
566 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
567 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
568 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
570 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
571 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
572 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
577 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (13691 6971))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
584 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
585 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
587 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
593 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
594 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
596 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
597 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
598 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
600 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "avoid.el" (14118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
603 ;;;;;; 1851))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
604 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
606 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
608 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
609 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
611 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
612 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
613 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615 Effects of the different modes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
616 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
617 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
618 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
619 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
620 a random distance & direction.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
621 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
622 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
623 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
625 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
628 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
629 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
631 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
633 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (13549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
634 ;;;;;; 38922))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
637 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
638 Major mode for editing AWK code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
639 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
640 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
641 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
643 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
644 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
646 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
648 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
649 ;;;;;; (13607 51085))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
650 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
652 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
653 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
655 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
656 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
658 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
660 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
661 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
662 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
663 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
665 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
667 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
669 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
671 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
672 ;;;;;; (13599 8260))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
673 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
675 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
676 Display battery status information in the echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
677 The text beeing displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
678 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
680 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
681 Display battery status information in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
682 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
683 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
684 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
685 seconds." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
687 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
689 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
690 ;;;;;; 46296))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
691 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
693 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
694 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
696 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
697 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
698 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
699 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
700 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
703 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
705 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
706 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
707 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
708 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
709 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
711 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
712 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
713 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
714 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
715 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
716 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
718 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
719 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
720 BibTeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
723 Special information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
725 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
727 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
728 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
729 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
730 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
731 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
732 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
733 current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
734 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
735 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
737 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
738 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
739 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
740 bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
741 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
742 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
743 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
745 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
746 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
748 The following may be of interest as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
750 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
751 bibtex-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
752 bibtex-kill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
753 bibtex-yank-pop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
754 bibtex-pop-previous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
755 bibtex-pop-next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
756 bibtex-complete-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
757 bibtex-complete-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
758 bibtex-print-help-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
759 bibtex-generate-autokey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
760 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
761 bibtex-end-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
762 bibtex-reposition-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
763 bibtex-mark-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
764 bibtex-ispell-abstract
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
765 bibtex-ispell-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
766 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
767 bibtex-hide-entry-bodies
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
768 bibtex-sort-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
769 bibtex-validate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
770 bibtex-count
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
771 bibtex-fill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
772 bibtex-reformat
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
773 bibtex-convert-alien
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
775 Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
776 bibtex-field-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
777 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
778 bibtex-include-OPTkey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
779 bibtex-user-optional-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
780 bibtex-entry-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
781 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
782 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
783 bibtex-entry-field-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
784 bibtex-predefined-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
785 bibtex-string-files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
787 ---------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
788 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
789 non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
791 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
793 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
795 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
796 ;;;;;; 27943))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
797 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
799 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
800 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
801 the default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
803 What is blackbox?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
805 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
806 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
807 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
808 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
809 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
810 your score.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
812 Overview of play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
814 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
815 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
816 four.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
818 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
819 movement keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
821 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
822 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
824 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
825 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
827 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
828 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
829 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
830 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
831 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
832 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
834 Details:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
836 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
838 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
839 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
840 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
841 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
843 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
844 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
845 denoted by the letter `R'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
847 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
848 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
849 denoted by the letter `H'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
851 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
852 example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
854 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
855 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
856 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
857 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
858 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
859 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
860 ray.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863 degree deflection it causes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
870 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
871 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
872 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
873 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
874 2 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
876 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
877 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
880 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
881 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
882 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
883 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
884 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
885 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
886 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
887 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
889 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
890 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
891 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
892 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
893 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
894 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
895 emerging from the box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
897 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
899 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
900 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
901 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
902 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
903 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
904 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
905 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
906 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
908 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
909 a reflection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
911 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
913 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
914 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
915 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
916 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
917 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
918 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14143 29124))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
919 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
920 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
921 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
922 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
924 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
925 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
926 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
927 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
928 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
929 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
931 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
933 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
935 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
937 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
939 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
941 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
943 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
945 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
947 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
949 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
951 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
953 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
955 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
957 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
959 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
960 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
964 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
966 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967 recent one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
969 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
970 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
971 yank successive words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
973 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
974 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
975 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
976 name of the file being visited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
978 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
979 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
980 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
982 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
983 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
984 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
985 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
986 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
987 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
989 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
990 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
991 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
992 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
994 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
995 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
996 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
997 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
998 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1000 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1001 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1002 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1003 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1005 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1007 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1008 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1009 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1010 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1012 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1013 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1014 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1016 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1017 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1018 name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1020 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1021 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1022 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1023 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1024 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1025 this." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1027 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1028 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1029 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1030 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1036 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1037 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1038 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1040 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1041 Save currently defined bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1042 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1043 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1044 \(second argument).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1046 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1047 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1048 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1049 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1050 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1052 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1053 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1054 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1055 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1057 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1058 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1059 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1060 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1061 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1062 while loading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1064 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1065 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1066 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1067 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1068 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1069 explicitly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1071 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1072 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1073 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1074 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1076 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1077 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1078 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1079 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1080 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1084 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1086 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1087 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1088 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1089 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1090 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1091 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1093 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1094 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1095 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1097 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1098 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1099 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1100 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1101 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1102 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1104 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1105 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1106 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1108 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1109 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1110 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1112 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1113 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1114 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1116 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1117 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1118 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1119 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1120 prompts for NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1121 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1122 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1123 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1125 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1126 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1127 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1129 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1130 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1131 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1133 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1134 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1135 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1136 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1137 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1138 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1140 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1141 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1142 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1144 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1146 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1148 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1150 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1152 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1154 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1156 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1158 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1160 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1162 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1164 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1166 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1168 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1170 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1171 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "browse-url.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1178 ;;;;;; (14124 22133))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179 ;;; Generated autoloads from browse-url.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1181 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1183 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1184 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1187 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1188 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1189 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1190 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1192 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1193 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1194 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1195 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1196 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1198 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1199 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1201 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1202 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1203 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1205 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1206 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1208 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1209 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1210 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1211 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1212 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1213 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1215 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1216 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1217 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1218 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1219 narrowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1221 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1222 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1224 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1225 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1227 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1228 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1229 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1230 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1232 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1233 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1234 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1235 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1237 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1238 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1239 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1240 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1241 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1242 to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1244 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1245 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1247 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1248 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1250 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1251 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1252 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1253 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1255 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1256 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1258 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1259 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1261 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1263 program is invoked according to the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1271 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1272 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1275 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1276 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1278 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1279 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1280 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1281 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1292 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1293 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1294 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1296 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1297 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1299 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1300 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1301 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1303 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1304 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1305 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1307 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1308 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1309 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1311 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1312 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1314 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1315 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1316 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1317 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1319 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1320 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1321 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1322 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1323 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1326 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1327 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1328 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1330 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1331 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1332 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1333 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1335 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1336 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1338 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1339 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1340 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1342 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1343 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1344 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1345 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1346 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1347 current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1349 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1350 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1351 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1352 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1354 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1355 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1357 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1358 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1359 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1360 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1361 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1362 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1364 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1366 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1367 ;;;;;; 42463))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1368 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1373 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1374 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14090 25925))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1391 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1393 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1394 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1395 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1396 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1398 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1400 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1401 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1403 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1404 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1405 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1406 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1407 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1409 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1410 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1411 Print the result in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1412 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1414 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1415 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1416 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1418 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1419 Display a call graph of a specified file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1420 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423 all functions called by those functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1425 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1426 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1427 cons, etc.).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1429 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431 invoked interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1433 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1434 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1435 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1437 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1438 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1440 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1441 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1442 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1443 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1445 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1448 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1450 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1452 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1454 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1456 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1457 ;;;;;; (13997 6380))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1458 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1460 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1461 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1462 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1463 from the cursor position." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1465 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1467 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1468 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1469 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1470 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1471 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1472 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1473 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1474 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1475 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1476 ;;;;;; diary-file today-invisible-calendar-hook today-visible-calendar-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1477 ;;;;;; initial-calendar-window-hook calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1478 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1479 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1480 ;;;;;; mark-diary-entries-in-calendar number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1481 ;;;;;; calendar-offset calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1482 ;;;;;; (14198 38416))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1483 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1485 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1486 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1487 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1489 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1490 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1491 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1492 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1493 the screen.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1495 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1496 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1497 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1498 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1499 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1501 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1502 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1503 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1504 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1506 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1511 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1512 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1513 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1519 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1520 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1521 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1523 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1524 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1525 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1526 displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1528 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1529 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1530 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1532 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1533 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1534 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1536 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1538 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1539 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1540 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1542 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1543 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1545 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1546 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1547 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1549 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1550 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1552 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1553 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1554 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1556 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1557 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1558 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1559 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1560 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1562 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1563 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1564 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1565 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1566 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1567 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1568 a function is also provided for this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1569 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1571 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1572 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1573 date is not visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1575 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1576 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1577 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1579 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1580 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1582 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1583 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1584 date is visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1586 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1587 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1588 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1590 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1591 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1593 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1595 MONTH/DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1596 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1597 MONTHNAME DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1598 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1599 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1601 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1602 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1603 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1604 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1605 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1606 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1608 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1609 respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1611 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1612 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1613 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1615 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1616 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1617 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1618 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1619 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1621 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1622 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1624 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1625 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1626 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1627 window but will appear in a diary window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1629 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1630 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1632 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1633 entries (in the default American style):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1635 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1636 &1/1. Happy New Year!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1637 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1638 21: Payday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1639 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1640 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1641 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1642 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1643 mar 16 Dad's birthday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1644 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1645 &* 15 time cards due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1647 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1648 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1649 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1650 single diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1652 02/11/1989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1653 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1654 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1655 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1656 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1657 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1658 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1660 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1661 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1662 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1664 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1666 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1668 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1669 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1670 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1671 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1672 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1673 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1674 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1675 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1676 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1678 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1679 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1680 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1681 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1682 for these functions for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1684 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1685 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1687 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1688 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1690 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1691 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1693 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1694 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1696 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1697 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1698 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1700 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1701 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1702 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1704 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1705 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1706 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1707 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1709 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1710 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1711 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1712 1990. The accepted European date styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1714 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1715 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1716 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1717 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1718 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1720 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1721 characters with or without a period.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1723 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1724 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1725 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1727 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<[^*0-9]") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1728 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1729 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1731 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1732 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1733 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1735 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1736 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1737 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1739 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1740 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1741 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1742 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1743 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1744 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1746 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1747 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1748 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1750 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1751 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1752 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1753 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1755 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1757 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1758 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1759 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1760 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1761 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1763 For example, you could use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1765 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1766 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1767 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1769 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1770 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1771 lexicographic order.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1773 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1774 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1775 Can be used for appointment notification.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1777 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1778 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1779 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1780 diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1782 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1783 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1784 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1785 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1786 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1787 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1788 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1790 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1791 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1792 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1793 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1794 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1795 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1796 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1797 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1799 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1800 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1801 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1802 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1803 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1804 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1806 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1807 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1809 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1810 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1811 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1812 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1813 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1814 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1815 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1816 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1817 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1818 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1820 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1821 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1822 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1823 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1824 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1825 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1827 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1828 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1829 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830 are holidays.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1832 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1833 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1834 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1835 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1836 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1838 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1840 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1841 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1842 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1846 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847 *Oriental holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1852 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1853 *Local holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1854 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1856 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1858 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1859 *User defined holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1860 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1862 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1864 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1866 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1868 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1870 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1872 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1874 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1876 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1878 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1880 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1881 *Jewish holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1882 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1884 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1886 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1887 *Christian holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1888 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1890 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1892 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1893 *Islamic holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1894 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1896 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1898 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1899 *Sun-related holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1900 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1902 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1904 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1905 The frame set up of the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1906 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1907 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909 any other value the current frame is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1911 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1912 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (13932 14133))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1918 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1929 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942 ;;;;;; (13932 14133))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1947 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1948 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1949 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958 run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1960 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1961 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1963 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1964 Major mode for editing C++ code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1965 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1967 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1974 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1975 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1977 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1978 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1980 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1981 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1982 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1983 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1984 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1985 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1986 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1988 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1991 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1992 is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1994 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1995 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1997 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1998 Major mode for editing Java code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1999 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2000 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2001 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2002 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2003 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2005 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2007 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2008 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2010 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2011 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2013 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2014 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2022 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2024 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2026 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2031 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2033 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2034 Major mode for editing Pike code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2035 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2036 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2037 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2038 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2041 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2043 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2044 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2047 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2050 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2052 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (13932 14133))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2057 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2058 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2059 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2060 for details of setting up styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2062 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2063 style name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2065 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2066 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2068 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2070 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2072 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2073 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2074 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2076 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2077 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2078 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2079 offset for that syntactic element. Optional ADD says to add SYMBOL to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2080 `c-offsets-alist' if it doesn't already appear there." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2082 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (13932 14133))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2085 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2087 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2088 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2089 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2090 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2091 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2093 XEmacs 19: (8-bit)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2094 XEmacs 20: (8-bit)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2095 Emacs 19: (1-bit)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2097 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2098 `infodock'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2100 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2102 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2103 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2104 ;;;;;; (14236 17288))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2113 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2114 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2117 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2119 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120 execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2130 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2131 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2132 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2133 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2134 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2140 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150 ;;;;;; (13847 27399))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2173 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2174 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2176 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2178 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2179 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2180 spacing are all verified." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2182 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2183 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190 Only documentation strings are checked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193 a separate buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205 if there is one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223 space at the end of each line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2228 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2231 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2238 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2270 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2274 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276 checking of documentation strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285 ;;;;;; (13774 36670))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2301 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2302 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2304 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2305 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2306 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2308 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2309 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (13569 33539))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2326 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2328 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2330 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332 (autoload (quote command-history-mode) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2333 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2334 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2339 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2340 \\{command-history-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2341 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2342 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2344 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14160 15534))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2350 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2356 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2361 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362 ;;;;;; (13903 50959))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2365 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2369 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2370 ;;;;;; (13661 53315))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2376 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2378 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2379 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2380 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2382 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2387 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (13569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388 ;;;;;; 33926))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2391 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2392 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2396 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2397 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2400 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2402 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2403 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2404 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 7952))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2405 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2407 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2408 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2409 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2410 ASCII table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2412 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2413 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2414 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2415 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2417 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2418 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2419 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2421 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2422 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2423 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2425 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2426 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2427 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2429 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2430 Return an alist of supported codepages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2432 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2433 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2434 for the character set supported by that codepage.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2436 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2437 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2439 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2440 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2442 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2443 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2444 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2446 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449 ;;;;;; 39428))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2450 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2455 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2456 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2457 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2458 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2459 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2461 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2463 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2464 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2465 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2466 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2467 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2468 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2470 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2472 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473 ;;;;;; 17934))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2478 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2479 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2481 This command pushes the mark in each window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2482 at the prior location of point in that window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2483 If both windows display the same buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2484 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2485 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2487 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2488 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2491 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2493 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2494 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2495 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2496 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14198 39593))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2497 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2499 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2500 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2502 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2503 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2505 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2506 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2507 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2508 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2509 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2511 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2512 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2513 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2514 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2515 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2517 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2518 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2519 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2520 describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2522 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2523 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2524 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2525 and a string describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2527 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2528 *If not nil, M-x compile asks which buffers to save before compiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2529 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2531 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2532 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2533 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2534 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2536 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2537 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2538 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2539 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2541 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2542 and move to the source code that caused it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2544 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2545 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2547 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2548 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2549 Then start the next one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2551 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2552 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2553 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2555 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2556 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2557 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2558 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2559 where grep found matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2561 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2562 easily repeat a grep command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2564 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2565 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2566 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2567 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2569 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2570 Run grep via find, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2571 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2572 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2574 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2575 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2577 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2578 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2579 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2580 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2581 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2583 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2585 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2586 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2587 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2588 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2589 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2591 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2592 Toggle compilation minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2593 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2594 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2595 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2597 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2598 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2600 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2601 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2603 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2604 negative means move back to previous error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2605 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2606 and start at the first error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2608 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2609 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2610 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2611 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2612 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2613 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2615 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2616 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2617 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2619 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2620 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2621 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2623 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2625 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2626 ;;;;;; (14115 62109))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2627 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2629 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2630 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2631 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2633 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2634 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2635 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2636 as much as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2641 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2643 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2644 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2645 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2646 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2648 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2650 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2651 ;;;;;; (13876 49580))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2652 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2654 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2655 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2657 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2659 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2660 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26297))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2661 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2663 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2664 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2665 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2667 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2668 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2669 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2671 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2672 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2673 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2674 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2676 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2677 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2679 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2681 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2682 ;;;;;; (13940 33273))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2685 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2686 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2687 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2688 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2689 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2690 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2692 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2693 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2695 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2697 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2698 ;;;;;; (14177 62783))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2701 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2702 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2703 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2704 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2705 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2706 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2708 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2709 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2710 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2711 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2712 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2713 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2714 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2715 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2716 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2717 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2718 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2719 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2721 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2723 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2724 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2726 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2728 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2729 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2730 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2731 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2732 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2733 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2734 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2735 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2736 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2738 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2740 bite if angry;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2742 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745 to nil.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2747 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2748 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2749 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2751 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2753 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2754 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2755 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2756 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2757 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2759 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2761 if (A) { B }
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2763 into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2765 B if A;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2767 \\{cperl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2769 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2770 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2771 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2772 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2773 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2774 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2775 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2776 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2777 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2778 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2779 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2780 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2781 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2783 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2784 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2785 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2786 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2787 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2788 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2790 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2791 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2792 man via menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2794 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2795 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2796 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2797 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2798 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2800 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2801 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2802 span the needed amount of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2804 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2805 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2806 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2807 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2809 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2810 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2811 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2812 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2813 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2814 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2815 `cperl-auto-newline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2816 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2817 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2818 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2819 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2820 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2821 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2822 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2823 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2824 `cperl-indent-level'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2825 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2826 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2827 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2828 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2829 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2830 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2831 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2832 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2833 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2834 `cperl-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2835 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2836 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2837 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2838 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2839 `cperl-label-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2840 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2841 `cperl-min-label-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2842 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2844 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2845 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2846 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2847 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2848 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2850 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2851 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2852 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2853 \(both available from menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2855 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2856 column 0 is indented on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2857 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2859 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2860 with no args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2862 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2863 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2864 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2866 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 ;;;;;; (13826 9909))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2870 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2872 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2873 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2874 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2878 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2879 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2881 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2883 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2884 ;;;;;; (14179 6457))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2887 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2888 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2889 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2890 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2892 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2893 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2895 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2897 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2899 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2900 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2901 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2903 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2905 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2906 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2907 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2908 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2909 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2910 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2911 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2912 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2913 ;;;;;; (14092 56283))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2914 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2915 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2917 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2918 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2920 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2921 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2923 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2924 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2926 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2927 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2929 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2930 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2932 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2933 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2935 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2936 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2938 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2939 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2941 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2942 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2943 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2944 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2946 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2947 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2949 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2950 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2952 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2953 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2955 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2956 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2957 User options are structured into \"groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2958 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2959 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2961 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2962 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2964 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2965 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2967 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2969 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2970 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2972 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2973 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2974 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2975 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2976 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2978 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2979 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2980 version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2982 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2984 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2985 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2986 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2988 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2989 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2990 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2992 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2993 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2995 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2996 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2998 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2999 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3001 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3002 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3003 If ALL is `options', include only options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3004 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3005 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3006 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3007 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3009 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3010 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3011 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3013 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3014 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3016 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3017 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3019 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3020 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3021 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3022 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3023 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3024 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3026 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3027 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3028 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3029 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3030 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3031 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3033 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3034 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3036 (defvar custom-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3037 File used for storing customization information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3038 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3039 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3040 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3042 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3043 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3045 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3046 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3048 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3049 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3050 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3052 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3053 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3054 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3055 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3056 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3058 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3060 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3061 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14228 23896))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3062 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3064 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3065 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3067 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3068 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3069 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3071 (FACE SPEC [NOW])
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3073 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3074 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3076 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3078 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3080 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3081 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3082 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3083 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 36671))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3086 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3087 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3089 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3090 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3092 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3093 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3095 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3096 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3098 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3099 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3101 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3102 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3103 For readability, the table is slightly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3104 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3106 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3107 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3108 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3109 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3110 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3112 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3114 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3115 ;;;;;; (13833 28318))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3116 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3118 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3120 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3122 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3123 Completion on current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3124 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3125 and presents suggestions for completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3127 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3128 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3129 completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3131 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3132 then it searches *all* buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3134 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3135 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3137 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3138 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3140 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3141 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3142 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3143 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3144 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3146 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3147 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3149 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3150 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3151 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3153 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3154 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3156 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3158 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3160 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3161 ;;;;;; 39004))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3162 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3164 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3165 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3167 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3168 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3169 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3171 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3172 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3173 Data lines are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3175 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3177 \\{dcl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3178 Commands not usually bound to keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3180 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3181 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3182 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3183 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3185 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3187 dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3188 Extra indentation within blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3190 dcl-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3191 Extra indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3193 dcl-margin-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3194 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3196 dcl-margin-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3197 Indentation for a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3199 dcl-comment-line-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3200 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3202 dcl-block-begin-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3203 dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3204 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3205 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3206 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3207 make it possible to define other places to indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3208 Set to nil to disable this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3210 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3211 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3212 Two such functions are included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3213 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3214 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3216 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3217 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3218 One such function is included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3219 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3221 dcl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3222 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3223 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3224 margin.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3226 dcl-electric-characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3227 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3228 typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3230 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3231 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3232 which words trigger electric indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3234 dcl-tempo-comma
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3235 dcl-tempo-left-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3236 dcl-tempo-right-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3237 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3239 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3240 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3241 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3242 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3244 dcl-imenu-label-labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3245 dcl-imenu-label-goto
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3246 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3247 dcl-imenu-label-call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3248 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3250 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3251 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3252 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3253 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3256 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3258 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3259 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3260 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3261 $ i = 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3262 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3263 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3264 $ label:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3265 $ if i.eq.1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3266 $ then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3267 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3268 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3269 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3270 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3271 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3272 \"lined up with the command line\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3273 $ type sys$input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3274 Data lines are not indented at all.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3275 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3276 $ endif
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3277 $
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3278 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3280 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3282 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3283 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14144 59544))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3286 (setq debugger (quote debug))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3288 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3289 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3290 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3291 of the evaluator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3293 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3294 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3295 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3297 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3298 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3299 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3300 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3301 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3302 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3303 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3305 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3306 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3307 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3309 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3311 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3312 ;;;;;; (13875 47217))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3313 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3315 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3316 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3318 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3319 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3320 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3321 Upper-case letters are commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3323 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3324 modify it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3326 The most useful commands are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3327 \\<decipher-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3328 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3329 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3330 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3331 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3332 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3334 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3336 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3337 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14118 1897))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3338 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3340 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3342 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3343 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3344 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3345 positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3347 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3348 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3349 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3350 any selection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3352 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3353 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3354 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3355 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3356 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3358 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3360 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3362 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3364 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3365 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (13721 58283))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3366 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3368 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3369 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3371 The arguments to this command are as follow:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3373 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3374 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (ie. text-mode).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3375 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (ie. \"Hypertext\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3376 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3377 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3378 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3379 hooks for the new mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3381 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3383 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3385 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3386 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3387 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3389 On a more complicated level, the following command uses sgml-mode as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3390 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3392 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3393 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3394 (setq case-fold-search nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3396 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3397 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3399 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3400 Initialise variables for a new mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3401 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3402 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3403 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3405 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3407 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3408 ;;;;;; (13897 58559))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3409 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3411 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3412 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3413 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3415 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3416 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3417 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3418 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3420 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3422 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3423 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3424 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3425 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3426 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3427 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3428 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3429 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (13941 57965))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3430 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3432 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3433 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3435 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3436 Convert IS 13194 characters to Devanagari basic characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3438 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3439 Convert Devanagari basic characters to IS 13194 characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3441 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3442 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3444 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3445 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3447 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3448 Convert Indian String to Devanagari Basic Character String." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3450 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3451 Convert Devanagari characters in the string to Devanagari glyphs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3452 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3454 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3455 Decompose Devanagari glyph string STR to basic Devanagari character string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3457 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3459 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3461 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3463 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3464 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3466 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3468 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3469 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3471 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3473 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3475 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3477 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3479 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3480 ;;;;;; (14151 2344))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3481 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3483 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3484 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3485 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3486 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3487 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3489 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3490 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3491 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3493 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3494 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3495 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3496 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3498 #!/bin/sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3499 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3500 emacs -batch \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3501 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3502 european-calendar-style t \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3503 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3504 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3505 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3507 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3508 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3509 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3510 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3512 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3514 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3515 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (13332 40193))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3516 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3518 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3519 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3521 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3522 *The command to use to run diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3524 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3525 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3526 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3527 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3528 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3530 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3531 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3532 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3533 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3534 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3536 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3538 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3539 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3540 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3541 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3542 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14052 36795))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3543 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3545 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3546 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3547 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3548 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3549 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3551 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3552 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3554 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3555 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3556 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3557 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3558 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3560 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3561 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3563 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3564 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3565 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3566 always set this variable to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3568 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3569 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3570 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3571 A value of t means move to first file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3573 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3574 *Controls marking of renamed files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3575 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3576 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3577 are afterward marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3579 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3580 *Controls marking of copied files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3581 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3582 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3584 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3585 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3586 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3587 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3589 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3590 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3591 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3592 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3594 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3595 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3596 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3597 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3599 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3601 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3602 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3603 \(This works on only some systems.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3604 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3606 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3607 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3608 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3609 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3610 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3611 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3612 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3613 list of files to make directory entries for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3614 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3615 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3616 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3617 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3619 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3620 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3622 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3623 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3624 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3626 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3627 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3629 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3630 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3632 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3634 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3635 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3636 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3637 ;;;;;; dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3638 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink-regexp dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3639 ;;;;;; dired-do-rename dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3640 ;;;;;; dired-create-directory dired-rename-file dired-copy-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3641 ;;;;;; dired-relist-file dired-remove-file dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3642 ;;;;;; dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile dired-do-compress dired-compress-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3643 ;;;;;; dired-do-kill-lines dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3644 ;;;;;; dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3645 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (14157 4475))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3646 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3648 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3649 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3650 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3651 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3652 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3653 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3655 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3656 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3657 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3658 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3659 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3660 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3662 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3663 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3664 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3666 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3667 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3669 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3670 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3672 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3673 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3674 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3675 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3677 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3678 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3679 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3680 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3681 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3683 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3685 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3686 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3687 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3689 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3690 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3691 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3693 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3694 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3696 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3697 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3698 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3699 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3700 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3701 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3703 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3705 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3706 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3708 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3709 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3711 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3712 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3714 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3715 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3716 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3717 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3719 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3721 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3723 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3725 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3727 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3729 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3730 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3732 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3733 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3734 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3735 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3736 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3737 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3738 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3740 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3741 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3742 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3743 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3744 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3745 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3747 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3748 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3749 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3750 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3751 and new hard links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3752 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3754 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3755 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3756 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3757 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3759 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3760 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3761 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3762 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3763 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3764 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3766 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3767 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3769 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3770 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3771 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3773 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3774 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3775 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3777 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3778 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3779 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3781 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3782 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3784 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3785 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3787 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3788 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3789 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3790 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3791 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3792 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3793 this subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3794 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3796 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3797 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3798 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3800 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3801 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3802 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3803 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3805 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3806 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3807 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3808 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3810 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3811 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3812 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3814 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3815 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3817 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3818 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3820 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3821 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3822 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3823 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3825 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3826 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3827 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3828 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3830 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3831 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3832 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3833 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3835 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3836 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3837 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3838 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3839 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3841 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3843 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (13796 29070))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3844 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3846 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3847 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3848 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3849 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3850 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3851 buffer and try again." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3853 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3855 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 29853))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3856 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3858 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3859 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3860 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3862 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3864 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3865 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3867 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3868 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3869 " nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3871 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3873 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3874 ;;;;;; 9510))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3877 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3878 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3879 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3880 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3881 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3882 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3884 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3886 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3887 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3888 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3889 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3890 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14168 7661))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3891 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3893 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3894 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3896 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3897 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3898 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3899 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3900 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3902 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3903 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3904 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3905 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3906 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3908 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3909 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3911 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3912 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3914 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3915 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3917 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3918 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3920 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3921 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3923 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3924 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3925 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3926 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3928 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3929 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3930 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3931 X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3933 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3934 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3936 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3938 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3939 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3941 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3942 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3943 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3944 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3946 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3947 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3948 European character display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3950 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3951 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3952 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3953 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3955 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3956 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3957 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3958 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3959 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3961 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3963 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3964 ;;;;;; (13229 28169))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3965 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3967 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3968 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3969 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3970 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3971 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3972 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3973 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3974 Default is 2." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3976 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3978 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41287))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3979 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3981 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3982 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3984 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3986 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (13777 61323))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3987 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3989 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3990 Toggle Double mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3991 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3993 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3994 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3996 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3998 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44565))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3999 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4001 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4002 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4004 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4006 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4007 ;;;;;; (14030 49072))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4008 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4010 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4011 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4013 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4015 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4016 ;;;;;; (14213 21772))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4017 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4019 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4020 Define a new minor mode MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4021 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4022 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4024 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4025 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4026 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4027 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4028 in order to build a valid keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4030 \(defmacro easy-mmode-define-minor-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4031 (MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP)...)" nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4033 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4035 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4036 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4037 ;;;;;; 23892))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4038 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4040 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4041 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4042 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4043 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4045 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4046 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4048 :filter FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4050 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4051 menu displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4053 :visible INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4055 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4056 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4058 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4060 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4061 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4063 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4065 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4067 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4069 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4070 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4072 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4073 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4075 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4077 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4079 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4081 :keys KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4083 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4084 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4085 computed automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4086 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4088 :key-sequence KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4090 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4091 menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4092 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4093 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4094 keyboard equivalent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4096 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4098 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4099 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4101 :included INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4103 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4104 expression has a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4106 :suffix NAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4108 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4110 :style STYLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4112 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4113 defined:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4115 toggle: A checkbox.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4116 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4117 radio: A radio button.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4118 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4119 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4120 menu bar itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4121 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4123 :selected SELECTED
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4125 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4126 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4128 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4129 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4130 as a solid horizontal line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4132 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4134 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4136 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4137 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4138 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4139 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4141 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4142 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4143 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu containing NAME in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4144 menu bar. ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4145 These items entirely replace the previous items in that map.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4146 If NAME is not present in the menu located by PATH, then add item NAME to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4147 that menu. If the optional argument BEFORE is present add NAME in menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4148 just before BEFORE, otherwise add at end of menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4150 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4151 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4153 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4155 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4156 ;;;;;; (13778 5246))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4157 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4159 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4160 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4161 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4162 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4164 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4165 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4166 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4168 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4169 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4170 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4172 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4174 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4176 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4178 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4179 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (13229 28451))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4180 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4182 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4183 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4184 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4186 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4188 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4189 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (13988 42888))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4190 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4192 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4193 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4194 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4195 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4196 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4198 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4199 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4200 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4201 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4203 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4204 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4205 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4206 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4208 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4209 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4210 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4211 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4213 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4215 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4216 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4217 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4218 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4219 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4221 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4223 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4224 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4225 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4226 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4227 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4228 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4229 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4230 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4231 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4232 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (13680 6249))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4233 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4235 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4236 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4238 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4239 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4241 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4243 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4245 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4246 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4248 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4250 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4251 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4253 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4255 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4256 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4257 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4258 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4260 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4262 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4263 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4264 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4265 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4267 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4269 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4270 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4271 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4272 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4274 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4276 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4277 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4278 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4279 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4281 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4283 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4284 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4285 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4286 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4287 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4288 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4290 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4291 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4292 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4293 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4295 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4297 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4298 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4299 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4300 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4302 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4304 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4306 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4307 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4308 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4309 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4310 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4311 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4313 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4314 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4315 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4316 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4317 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4318 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4320 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4321 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4322 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4323 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4324 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4326 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4327 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4328 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4329 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4330 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4331 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4333 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4335 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4336 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4338 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4339 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4341 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4343 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4344 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4346 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4347 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4349 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4350 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4351 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4352 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4354 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4355 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4356 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4357 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4359 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4360 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4361 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4362 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4364 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4365 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4367 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4368 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4370 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4372 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4374 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4375 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4376 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4377 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4379 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4381 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4382 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4383 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4385 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4386 Display Ediff's manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4387 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4389 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4391 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4392 ;;;;;; (13680 6243))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4393 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4395 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4396 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4398 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4400 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4402 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4403 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (13896 8693))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4404 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4406 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4407 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4408 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4409 which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4411 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4412 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4413 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4414 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4416 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4418 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4419 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4420 ;;;;;; (13957 59578))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4421 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4422 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4424 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4425 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4426 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4428 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4429 Edit a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4430 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4431 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4432 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4433 its command name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4434 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4436 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4437 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4439 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4440 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4442 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4443 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4444 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4445 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4446 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4447 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4449 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4450 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4451 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4452 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4454 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4455 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4456 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4457 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4458 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4459 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4461 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4463 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4464 ;;;;;; 33643))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4465 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4467 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4468 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4470 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4472 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4473 ;;;;;; (13116 19630))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4474 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4476 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4477 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4478 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4479 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4480 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4481 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4482 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4483 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4485 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4486 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4488 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4489 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4490 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4491 this value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4493 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4494 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4495 things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4497 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4498 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4499 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4501 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4503 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4505 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4506 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 40287))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4507 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4509 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4510 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4512 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4513 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4514 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4515 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4516 from the documentation string if possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4518 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4519 instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4521 This variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4523 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4524 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4525 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4527 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4528 of the mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4529 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4530 the mode, respectively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4532 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4533 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4535 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4537 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4538 ;;;;;; (13363 2815))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4539 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4541 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4542 Initialize elint." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4544 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4546 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4547 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4548 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6112))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4551 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4552 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4553 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4555 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4556 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4557 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4559 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4560 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4561 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4563 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4564 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4565 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4567 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4569 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4570 Display current profiling results.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4571 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4572 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4573 displayed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4575 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4576 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4578 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4580 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4581 ;;;;;; (13649 21490))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4582 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4584 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4585 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4586 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4588 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4590 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4591 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4592 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4593 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4594 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (13661 53123))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4595 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4597 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4599 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4601 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4603 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4605 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4607 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4609 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4611 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4613 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4615 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4616 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4618 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4619 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4621 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4622 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4624 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4625 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4627 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4629 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4631 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4633 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4635 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4636 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4638 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4639 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4641 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4643 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4645 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4646 ;;;;;; (14035 16830))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4647 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4649 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4650 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4651 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4653 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4654 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4655 automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4657 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4658 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4659 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4661 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4663 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4664 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14228 23900))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4665 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4667 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4668 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4669 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4670 text/enriched format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4671 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4673 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4674 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4676 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4678 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4680 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4682 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4684 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4686 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12080))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4687 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4689 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4690 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4691 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4692 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4694 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4695 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4696 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4698 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4700 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4702 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4703 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4704 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4705 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4706 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4707 ;;;;;; "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (13878 24272))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4708 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4710 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4711 *File name of tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4712 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4713 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4714 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4715 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4717 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4718 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4719 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4720 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4721 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4722 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4724 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4725 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4726 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4727 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4728 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4730 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4731 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4732 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4733 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4735 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4736 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4737 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4738 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4739 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4741 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4742 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4743 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4744 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4746 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4747 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4748 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4749 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4750 file the tag was in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4752 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4753 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4754 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4755 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4756 without directory names." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4758 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4759 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4760 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4761 but does not select the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4762 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4764 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4765 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4766 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4767 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4768 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4770 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4772 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4773 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4774 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4776 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4778 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4779 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4780 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4781 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4783 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4784 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4785 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4786 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4787 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4789 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4791 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4792 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4793 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4795 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4796 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4798 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4799 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4800 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4801 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4802 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4804 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4805 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4806 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4807 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4808 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4810 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4812 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4813 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4814 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4816 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4817 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4819 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4820 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4821 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4822 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4823 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4825 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4826 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4827 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4828 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4829 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4831 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4833 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4834 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4835 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4837 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4838 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4840 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4841 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4842 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4844 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4845 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4846 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4847 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4848 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4850 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4852 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4853 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4854 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4856 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4857 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4858 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4860 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4861 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4863 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4864 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4865 where they were found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4867 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4868 Select next file among files in current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4870 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4871 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4872 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4874 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4875 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4877 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4878 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4880 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4881 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4882 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4883 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4885 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4886 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4887 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4888 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4889 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4890 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4892 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4893 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4894 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4895 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4897 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4899 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4900 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4901 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4902 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4903 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4905 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4907 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4908 Display list of tags in file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4909 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4910 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4911 directory specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4913 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4914 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4916 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4917 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4918 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4919 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4921 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4922 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4923 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4924 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4925 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4927 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4929 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4930 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4931 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4932 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4933 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4934 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4935 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4936 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4937 ;;;;;; (14180 44051))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4938 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4940 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4941 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4943 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4945 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4946 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4947 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4948 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4950 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4951 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4952 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4954 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4955 even if the buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4957 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4958 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4959 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4961 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4962 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4964 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4965 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4967 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4968 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4969 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4971 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4972 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4974 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4975 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4976 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4978 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4979 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4980 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4982 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4983 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4985 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4986 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4988 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4989 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4991 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4992 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4993 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4994 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4996 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4997 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4998 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4999 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5001 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5002 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5003 the primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5005 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5006 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5008 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5009 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5010 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5012 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5013 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5014 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5015 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5017 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5018 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5019 primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5021 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5022 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5024 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5025 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5026 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5028 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5029 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5030 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5032 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5033 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5035 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5036 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5037 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5038 3) convert the body into SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5040 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5042 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5043 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5044 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5046 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5047 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5049 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5050 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5052 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5053 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5054 be 1, 2, or 3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5056 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5057 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5058 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5060 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5062 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5063 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5065 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5066 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5067 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5069 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5070 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5072 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5073 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5075 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5076 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5078 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5079 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5081 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5082 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5084 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5085 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5087 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5088 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5090 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5092 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5093 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33475))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5096 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5097 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5098 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5099 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5100 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5101 executable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5103 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5104 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5105 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5107 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5109 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5110 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14001 49584))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5111 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5113 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5114 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5115 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5116 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5118 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5120 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5121 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5122 to generate such functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5124 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5125 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5126 beginning of the expanded text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5128 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5129 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5130 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5131 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5133 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5135 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5136 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5137 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5139 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5140 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5141 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5142 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5143 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5145 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5147 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (13970 7858))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5150 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5151 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5153 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5154 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5155 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5157 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5159 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5160 \\{f90-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5162 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5164 f90-do-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5165 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5166 f90-if-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5167 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5168 f90-type-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5169 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5170 f90-program-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5171 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5172 (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5173 f90-continuation-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5174 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5175 f90-comment-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5176 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5177 region. (default \"!!!$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5178 f90-indented-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5179 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5180 (default \"!\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5181 f90-directive-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5182 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5183 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5184 f90-break-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5185 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5186 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5187 f90-break-before-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5188 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5189 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5190 f90-beginning-ampersand
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5191 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5192 f90-smart-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5193 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5194 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5195 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5196 f90-auto-keyword-case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5197 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5198 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5199 f90-leave-line-no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5200 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5201 f90-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5202 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5203 f90-keywords-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5204 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5206 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5207 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5209 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5211 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5212 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5213 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5214 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5215 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (13453 47399))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5216 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5217 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5218 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5220 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5221 Menu keymap for faces.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5223 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5225 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5226 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5228 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5230 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5231 Menu keymap for background colors")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5233 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5235 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons "Remove Special" (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons "Intangible" (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons "Invisible" (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Read-Only" (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5236 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5238 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5240 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons "Center" (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons "Full" (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Right" (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons "Left" (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons "Unfilled" (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5241 Submenu for text justification commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5243 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5245 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right Less" (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right More" (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons "Indent Less" (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons "Indent More" (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5246 Submenu for indentation commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5248 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5250 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5251 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5253 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5255 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons "Display Colors" (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons "Display Faces" (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons "List Properties" (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons "Remove Text Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons "Remove Face Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list "-----------------")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5257 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons "Indentation" (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons "Justification" (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list "-----------------")) (define-key map [sp] (cons "Special Properties" (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons "Background Color" (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons "Foreground Color" (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons "Face" (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5259 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5261 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5262 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5263 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5264 will not show through at all will be removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5266 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5268 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5269 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5271 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5272 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5273 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5275 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5276 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5277 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5278 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5279 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5280 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5281 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5282 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5284 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5285 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5286 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5287 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5288 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5289 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5290 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5291 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5293 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5294 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5295 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5296 is the menu item's name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5298 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5299 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5301 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5302 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5303 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5305 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5306 Make the region invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5307 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5308 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5310 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5311 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5312 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5313 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5315 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5316 Make the region unmodifiable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5317 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5318 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5320 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5321 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5323 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5324 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5326 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5327 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5328 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5330 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5331 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5333 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5334 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5336 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5337 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5338 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5339 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5340 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5342 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5344 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5345 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14139 58050))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5346 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5348 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5349 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5350 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5351 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5353 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5355 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5356 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5357 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5359 Font Lock caches may be saved:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5360 - When you save the file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5361 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5362 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5363 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5364 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5366 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5368 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5369 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5370 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5371 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5373 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5374 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5376 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5378 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5380 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5381 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5382 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (13855 26165))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5383 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5385 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5386 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5388 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5389 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5390 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5391 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5393 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5394 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5395 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5396 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5397 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5399 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5400 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5401 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5402 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5403 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5404 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5405 internally by feedmail):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5407 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5408 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5409 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5410 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5412 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5413 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5414 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5415 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5416 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5418 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5420 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu ffap find-file-at-point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5421 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14021 36699))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5422 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5424 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5425 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5426 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5427 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5428 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5429 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5430 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5432 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5433 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5434 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5435 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5436 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5437 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5438 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5440 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5442 (autoload (quote ffap) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5443 A short alias for the find-file-at-point command." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5445 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5446 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5447 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5448 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5449 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5450 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5452 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5453 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5454 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5455 Return value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5456 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5457 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5458 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5460 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5461 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5463 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5465 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5466 ;;;;;; (14027 1470))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5467 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5469 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5470 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5471 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5472 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5473 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5474 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5475 \(directories) is done." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5476 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5477 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5478 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5480 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5482 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5483 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (13717 27320))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5484 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5486 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5487 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5488 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5489 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5490 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5492 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5493 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5494 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5495 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5497 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5498 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5499 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5501 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5503 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5504 as the final argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5506 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5507 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5508 and run dired on those files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5509 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5510 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5512 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5514 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5515 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5516 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5518 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5520 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5522 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5524 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5525 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5526 ;;;;;; (13937 22881))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5527 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5529 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5530 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5531 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5533 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5535 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5536 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5537 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5539 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5540 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5542 Variables of interest include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5544 - ff-case-fold-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5545 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5546 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5548 - ff-always-in-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5549 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5550 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5552 - ff-ignore-include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5553 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5555 - ff-always-try-to-create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5556 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5558 - ff-quiet-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5559 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5561 - ff-special-constructs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5562 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5563 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5564 extracting the filename from that construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5566 - ff-other-file-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5567 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5569 - ff-search-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5570 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5571 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5573 - ff-pre-find-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5574 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5576 - ff-pre-load-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5577 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5579 - ff-post-load-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5580 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5582 - ff-not-found-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5583 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5585 - ff-file-created-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5586 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5588 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5589 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5591 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5592 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5594 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5596 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5597 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5598 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5599 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5600 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5601 ;;;;;; (13980 37653))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5602 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5604 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5605 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5607 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5608 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5609 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5611 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5612 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5613 in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5615 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5616 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5618 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5619 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5620 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5621 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5623 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5624 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5625 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5627 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5628 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5630 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5632 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5633 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5635 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5637 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5638 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5640 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5641 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5642 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5644 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5645 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5647 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5648 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5650 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5651 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5652 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5653 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5655 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5656 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5657 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5659 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5660 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5662 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5664 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5665 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5667 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5669 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5670 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5671 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5673 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5674 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5676 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5677 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5679 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5680 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5682 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5684 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5685 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 53108))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5686 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5688 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5689 Toggle flow control handling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5690 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5691 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5693 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5694 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5695 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5696 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5697 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5698 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5700 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5702 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5703 ;;;;;; (14218 3459))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5704 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5706 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5707 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5708 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5709 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5710 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5711 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5713 Bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5714 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5715 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5716 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5718 Hooks:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5719 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5721 Remark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5722 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5723 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5724 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5726 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5727 consider adding:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5728 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5729 in your .emacs file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5731 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5733 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5735 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5736 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5738 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5740 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5741 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5742 ;;;;;; (13674 33097))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5743 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5745 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5746 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5748 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5749 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5751 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5752 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5754 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5755 of two major techniques:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5757 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5758 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5759 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5761 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5762 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5763 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5764 movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5766 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5767 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5768 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5769 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5770 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5771 mileage may vary).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5773 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5774 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5776 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5778 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5779 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5780 \(This is the default.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5782 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5783 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5785 Keys specific to Follow mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5786 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5788 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5789 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5791 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5792 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5793 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5794 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5795 two windows always will display two successive pages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5796 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5798 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5799 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5800 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5802 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5803 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5804 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5806 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5808 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5809 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5810 ;;;;;; "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (14230 12346))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5811 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5813 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5814 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5816 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5817 Toggle Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5818 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5820 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5822 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5823 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5824 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5825 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5827 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5828 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5830 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5832 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5833 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5834 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5836 (global-font-lock-mode t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5838 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5839 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5840 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5841 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5842 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5843 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5845 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5846 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5848 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5849 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5851 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5852 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5853 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5855 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5856 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5858 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5859 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5860 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5862 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5863 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5864 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5866 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5867 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5868 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5870 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5871 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MAJOR-MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5872 MAJOR-MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5873 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5874 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5875 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5876 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5877 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5878 end of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5880 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5882 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5883 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5884 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5886 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5887 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5889 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5890 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5891 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5893 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5894 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5895 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5896 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5897 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5899 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5900 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5902 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5903 Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5905 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5907 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5908 ;;;;;; (14094 46514))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5909 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5911 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5912 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5913 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5914 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5915 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5917 Optional 2nd argument STYLE-VARIANT is a list of font styles
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5918 \(e.g. bold, italic) or the symbol t to specify all available styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5919 If this argument is specified, fontsets which differs from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5920 FONTSET-NAME in styles are also created. An element of STYLE-VARIANT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5921 may be cons of style and a font name. In this case, the style variant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5922 fontset uses the font for ASCII character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5924 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5925 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5927 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5929 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5931 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5932 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14162 18837))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5933 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5935 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5936 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5938 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5939 TAB forms-next-field TAB
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5940 C-c TAB forms-next-field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5941 C-c < forms-first-record <
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5942 C-c > forms-last-record >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5943 C-c ? describe-mode ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5944 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5945 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5946 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5947 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5948 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5949 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5950 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5951 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5952 C-c C-x forms-exit x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5953 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5955 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5956 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5958 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5959 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5961 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5963 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5964 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14164 461))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5965 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5967 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5968 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5969 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5970 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5971 with a character in column 6.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5973 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5974 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5975 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5976 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5978 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5979 Fortran keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5981 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5982 \\{fortran-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5984 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5986 `comment-start'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5987 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5988 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5989 `fortran-do-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5990 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5991 `fortran-if-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5992 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5993 `fortran-structure-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5994 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5995 (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5996 `fortran-continuation-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5997 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5998 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5999 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6000 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6001 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6002 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6003 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6004 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6005 (for TAB format continuation style).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6006 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6007 indentation for a line of code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6008 (default 'fixed)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6009 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6010 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6011 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6012 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6013 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6014 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6015 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6016 `fortran-line-number-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6017 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6018 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6019 column 5. (default 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6020 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6021 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6022 statements. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6023 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6024 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6025 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6026 statement. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6027 `fortran-continuation-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6028 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6029 line. (default \"$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6030 `fortran-comment-region'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6031 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6032 region. (default \"c$$$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6033 `fortran-electric-line-number'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6034 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6035 as typed. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6036 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6037 Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6038 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6040 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6041 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6043 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6045 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6046 ;;;;;; (13973 2889))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6047 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6049 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6050 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6052 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6053 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6055 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6056 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6057 function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6059 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6060 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6061 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6062 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6063 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6064 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6066 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6067 Each keyword should be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6069 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6070 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6072 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6073 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6074 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6076 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6078 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6080 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6081 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6082 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6083 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6085 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6086 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6088 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6090 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6091 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49469))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6092 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6094 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6095 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6097 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6098 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6099 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6100 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6101 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6102 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6103 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6105 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6106 Read news as a slave." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6108 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6109 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6111 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6112 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6113 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6114 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6115 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6117 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6119 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6120 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6121 ;;;;;; (14029 49119))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6124 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6125 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6127 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6128 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6130 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6131 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6132 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6133 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6135 \(gnus-agentize)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6137 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6138 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6139 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6141 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6142 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6144 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6146 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6148 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6149 ;;;;;; (14030 49345))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6152 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6153 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6155 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6157 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6158 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6159 ;;;;;; 49350))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6160 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6162 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6163 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6165 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6166 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6168 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6169 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6171 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6172 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6174 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6176 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6177 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56450))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6180 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6181 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6182 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6184 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6185 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6187 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6189 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6190 ;;;;;; (14030 49385))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6193 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6195 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6196 Run batched scoring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6197 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6199 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6201 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6202 ;;;;;; (14030 49391))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6205 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6206 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6207 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6209 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6211 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6212 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5285))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6213 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6215 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6216 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6217 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6218 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6219 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6221 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6222 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6224 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6226 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6227 ;;;;;; (14030 49414))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6230 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6231 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6232 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6233 for matching on group names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6235 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6236 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6238 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6240 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6242 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6244 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6245 ;;;;;; (14030 49416))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6246 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6248 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6249 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6251 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6253 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6254 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14030 49423))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6255 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6257 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6258 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6260 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6261 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6263 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6265 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6266 ;;;;;; (14030 49464))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6269 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6270 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6272 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6274 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33305))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6275 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6277 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6278 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6279 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6280 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6281 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6283 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6284 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6285 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6287 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6288 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6289 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6291 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6293 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6294 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "goto-addr.el" (13884 38368))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6295 ;;; Generated autoloads from goto-addr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6297 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6298 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6299 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6300 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6301 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6303 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6304 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6305 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6306 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6307 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6309 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6310 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6311 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6312 or to send e-mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6313 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6315 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6316 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6318 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6320 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14228 23893))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6321 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6323 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6324 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6325 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6326 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6327 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6329 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6331 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6332 ;;;;;; (14130 46613))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6333 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6335 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6336 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6337 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6338 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6340 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6341 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6342 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6343 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6345 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6346 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6347 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6348 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6350 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6351 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6352 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6353 and source-file directory for your debugger.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6355 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6356 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6358 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6359 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6360 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6361 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6363 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6364 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6365 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6366 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6368 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6369 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6370 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6371 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6372 between it and it's value." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6373 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6375 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6377 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6378 ;;;;;; 23498))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6379 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6381 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6382 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6383 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6384 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6386 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6387 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6388 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6389 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6391 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6393 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (12579 52103))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6394 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6396 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6397 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Argument is number of rings." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6399 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (13838 43658))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6402 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6404 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6405 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6406 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6407 and window listing and describing the options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6408 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6409 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6411 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6413 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6414 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (12536 45574))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6417 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6418 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6420 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6421 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6423 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6425 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6426 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14124 7361))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6427 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6429 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6430 \\<hexl-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6431 A major mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6433 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6434 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6436 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6437 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6438 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6439 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6441 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6442 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6443 periods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6445 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6446 in hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6448 A sample format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6450 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6451 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6452 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6453 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6454 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6455 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6456 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6457 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6458 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6459 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6460 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6461 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6462 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6463 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6464 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6466 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6467 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6468 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6470 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6471 also supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6473 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6475 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6476 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6477 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6479 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6480 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6481 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6483 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6484 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6486 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6487 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6489 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6490 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6492 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6494 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6495 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6497 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6499 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6501 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6502 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6503 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6505 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6506 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6507 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6509 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6511 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6512 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (13859 9225))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6515 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6516 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6517 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6518 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6519 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6520 how the hiding is done:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6522 hide-ifdef-env
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6523 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6524 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6525 is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6527 hide-ifdef-define-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6528 An association list of defined symbol lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6529 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6530 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6531 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6533 hide-ifdef-lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6534 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6535 #endif lines when hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6537 hide-ifdef-initially
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6538 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6539 is activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6541 hide-ifdef-read-only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6542 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6543 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6545 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6547 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6548 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6550 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6551 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6553 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6554 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6556 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6558 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-mouse-toggle-hiding hs-hide-all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6559 ;;;;;; hs-show-hidden-short-form hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6560 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (13845 6001))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6563 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6564 Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6566 (defvar hs-show-hidden-short-form t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6567 Leave only the first line visible in a hidden block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6568 If non-nil only the first line is visible when a block is in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6569 hidden state, else both the first line and the last line are shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6570 A nil value disables `hs-adjust-block-beginning', which see.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6572 An example of how this works: (in C mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6573 original:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6575 /* My function main
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6576 some more stuff about main
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6577 */
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6578 int
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6579 main(void)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6580 {
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6581 int x=0;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6582 return 0;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6583 }
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6586 hidden and `hs-show-hidden-short-form' is nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6587 /* My function main...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6588 */
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6589 int
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6590 main(void)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6591 {...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6592 }
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6594 hidden and `hs-show-hidden-short-form' is t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6595 /* My function main...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6596 int
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6597 main(void)...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6599 For the last case you have to be on the line containing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6600 ellipsis when you do `hs-show-block'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6602 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" nil nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (java-mode "\\(\\(\\([ ]*\\(\\(abstract\\|final\\|native\\|p\\(r\\(ivate\\|otected\\)\\|ublic\\)\\|s\\(tatic\\|ynchronized\\)\\)[ \n]+\\)*[.a-zA-Z0-9_:]+[ \n]*\\(\\[[ \n]*\\][ \n]*\\)?\\([a-zA-Z0-9_:]+[ \n]*\\)([^)]*)\\([ \n ]+throws[ \n][^{]+\\)?\\)\\|\\([ ]*static[^{]*\\)\\)[ \n]*{\\)" "}" "/[*/]" java-hs-forward-sexp hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6603 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6604 It has the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6605 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6606 If present, hideshow will use these values as regexps for start, end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6607 and comment-start, respectively. Since Algol-ish languages do not have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6608 single-character block delimiters, the function `forward-sexp' used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6609 by hideshow doesn't work. In this case, if a similar function is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6610 available, you can register it and have hideshow use it instead of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6611 `forward-sexp'. See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6612 to see what is the use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6614 If any of those is left nil, hideshow will try to guess some values
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6615 using function `hs-grok-mode-type'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6617 Note that the regexps should not contain leading or trailing whitespace.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6619 (autoload (quote hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6620 Hide all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6621 Move point to the beginning of the line, and it run the normal hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6622 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6623 If `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is t, also hide the comments." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6625 (autoload (quote hs-mouse-toggle-hiding) "hideshow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6626 Toggle hiding/showing of a block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6627 Should be bound to a mouse key." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6629 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6630 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6631 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6632 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6633 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6634 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6635 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6636 for `run-hooks'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6638 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6639 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6640 Also see the documentation for the variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6642 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6643 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6645 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6646 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6648 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6650 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6651 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6652 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6653 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14082 18582))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6654 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6656 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6657 Remove the change face from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6658 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6660 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6661 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6663 Without an argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6664 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6665 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6666 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6668 With an argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6669 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6670 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6671 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6673 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6674 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6675 not displayed in a different face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6677 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6678 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6679 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6680 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6681 buffer with the contents of a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6682 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6683 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6684 various faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6687 Hook variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6688 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6689 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6690 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6691 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6693 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6694 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6696 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6697 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6699 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6700 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6702 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6703 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6704 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6705 shown in the last face in the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6707 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6708 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6709 buffer to be saved):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6710 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6711 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6713 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6714 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6716 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6717 and not in read-only mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6719 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6720 when called interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6722 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6723 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6724 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6726 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6727 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6728 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6730 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6731 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6733 When called interactively:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6734 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6735 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6736 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6737 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6739 When called from a program:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6740 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6741 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6742 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6743 - otherwise just turn it on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6745 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6746 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6747 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6748 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6750 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6752 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6753 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6754 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6755 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (13674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6756 ;;;;;; 32879))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6757 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6759 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6760 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6761 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6762 or insert functions in this list.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6764 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6765 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6767 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6768 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6770 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6771 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6773 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6774 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6776 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6777 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6778 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6780 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6781 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6782 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6783 \(as atoms)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6785 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6786 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6787 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6788 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6789 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6791 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6792 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6793 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6794 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6795 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6796 expansions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6797 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6798 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6799 undoes the expansion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6801 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6802 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6803 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6804 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6806 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6808 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6809 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6810 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6812 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6813 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6815 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6816 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6818 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6820 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6822 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6823 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14210 21345))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6824 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6826 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6827 Unconditionally turn on Hscroll mode in the current buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6829 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6830 Toggle HScroll mode in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6831 With ARG, turn HScroll mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6832 In HScroll mode, truncated lines will automatically scroll left or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6833 right when point gets near either edge of the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6834 See also \\[hscroll-global-mode]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6836 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6837 Toggle HScroll mode in all buffers (excepting minibuffers).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6838 With ARG, turn HScroll mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6839 If a buffer ever has HScroll mode set locally (via \\[hscroll-mode]),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6840 it will forever use the local value (i.e., \\[hscroll-global-mode]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6841 will have no effect on it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6842 See also \\[hscroll-mode]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6844 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6846 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6847 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14118 2220))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6848 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6850 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6851 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6852 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6854 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6855 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6856 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6858 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6860 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 38921))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6863 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6864 Major mode for editing Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6865 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6866 Tab indents for Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6867 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6868 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6869 \\{icon-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6870 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6871 icon-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6872 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6873 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6874 icon-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6875 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6876 inserted in Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6877 icon-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6878 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6879 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6880 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6881 icon-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6882 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6883 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6884 icon-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6885 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6886 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6887 icon-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6888 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6889 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6890 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6891 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6893 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6894 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6896 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6898 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 46794))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6899 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6900 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6902 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6903 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6904 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6906 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6908 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage remove-images insert-image put-image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6909 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6910 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (14228 23898))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6911 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6913 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6914 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6915 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6916 be determined." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6918 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6919 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6920 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6922 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6923 Create an image which will be loaded from FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6924 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6925 or nil, try to determine the image file type from its first few bytes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6926 If that doesn't work, use FILE's extension.as image type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6927 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6928 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6929 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6931 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6932 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6933 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6934 POS may be an integer or marker.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6935 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6936 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6937 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6938 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6939 means display it in the right marginal area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6940 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into BUFFER with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6941 `before-string' that has a `display' property whose value is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6942 image." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6944 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6945 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6946 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6947 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6948 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6949 means display it in the right marginal area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6950 IMAGE is displayed by inserting an \"x\" into the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6951 having a `display' property whose value is the image." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6953 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6954 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6955 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6956 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6958 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6959 Define SYMBOL as an image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6961 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6962 documentation string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6964 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6965 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6966 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and `:file FILE', where TYPE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6967 is a symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm', and FILE is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6968 file to load the image from. The first image specification whose TYPE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6969 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to define SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6971 Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6973 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6974 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6976 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6978 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6979 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14090 26268))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6980 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6982 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6983 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6985 Affects only the mouse index menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6987 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6988 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6989 in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6991 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6993 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6994 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6995 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6997 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6998 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7000 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7001 to create a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7003 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7004 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7005 or like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7006 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7007 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7008 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7009 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7010 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7012 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7013 entries are not nested.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7015 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7016 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7017 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7018 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7020 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7021 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7023 The variable is buffer-local.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7025 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7026 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7027 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7029 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7030 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7031 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7032 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7034 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7036 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7037 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7039 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7040 of the current buffer as an alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7042 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7043 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7044 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7045 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7046 if it is a sub-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7048 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7050 The variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7052 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7054 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7055 Function for finding the next index position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7057 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7058 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7059 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7060 file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7062 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7063 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7065 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7067 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7069 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7070 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7072 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7073 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7074 It should return the name for that index item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7076 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7078 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7080 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7081 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7082 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7084 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7086 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7088 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7089 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7090 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7091 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7093 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7094 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7096 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7098 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7099 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7100 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7101 for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7103 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7105 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "inf-lisp.el" (13898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7106 ;;;;;; 16181))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7107 ;;; Generated autoloads from inf-lisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7109 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7110 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7111 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7112 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7113 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7115 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7116 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7118 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7119 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7120 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7121 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7122 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7123 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7124 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7125 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7127 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7128 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7129 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7130 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7131 Inferior Lisp buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7133 More precise choices:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7134 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7135 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7136 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7138 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7140 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7141 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7143 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7144 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7145 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7146 to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7147 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7148 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7149 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7150 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7151 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7153 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7155 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7157 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7158 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-standalone info info-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7159 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (14115 64939))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7160 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7162 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7163 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7164 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7166 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7167 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7168 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7169 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7171 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7172 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7174 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7175 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7176 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7178 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7179 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7180 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7181 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7183 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7184 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7185 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7186 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7187 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7189 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7190 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7191 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7192 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7193 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7194 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7196 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7197 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7198 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7200 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7202 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7203 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7204 ;;;;;; (14177 55621))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7205 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7207 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7208 Throw away all cached data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7209 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7210 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7211 system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7213 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7214 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7215 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7216 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7217 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7218 The default symbol is the one found at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7220 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7221 Display the documentation of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7222 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7223 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7224 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7225 The default file name is the one found at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7227 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7228 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7230 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7231 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7233 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7235 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7236 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (13728 5098))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7237 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7239 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7240 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7242 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7243 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7244 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7246 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7247 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7248 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7250 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7251 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7252 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7253 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7255 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7256 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7257 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7259 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7260 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7261 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7262 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7263 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7265 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7267 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7268 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7269 ;;;;;; (13770 34350))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7270 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7272 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7273 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7275 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7276 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7278 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7280 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7282 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7283 ;;;;;; (14127 16153))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7284 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7286 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7287 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7288 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7289 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7290 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7291 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7293 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7294 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7296 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7297 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7298 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7299 \"s gives German sharp s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7300 /a gives a with ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7301 /e gives an a-e ligature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7302 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7303 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7304 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7306 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7307 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7309 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7311 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7312 ;;;;;; iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7313 ;;;;;; iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7314 ;;;;;; (13768 42797))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7315 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7317 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7318 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7319 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7320 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7321 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7323 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7324 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7325 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7326 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7327 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7329 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7330 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7331 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7332 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7333 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7335 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7336 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7337 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7338 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7339 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7341 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7342 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7343 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7344 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7345 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7347 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7348 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7349 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7350 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7351 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7353 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7354 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7355 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7356 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7357 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7359 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7360 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7362 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7363 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7365 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7366 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7368 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7371 ;;;;;; (14164 4446))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7372 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7373 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7374 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7375 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7377 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7379 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7380 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7381 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7382 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7383 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "ispell.el" (14218 3684))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7384 ;;; Generated autoloads from ispell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7386 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7387 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7388 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7389 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7391 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7392 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7393 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7395 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7397 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7399 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7401 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7403 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7405 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-C" "-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7407 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7408 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7410 Each element of this list is also a list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7412 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7413 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7415 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7416 nil means the default dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7418 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7419 word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7421 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7423 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7424 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7425 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7426 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7427 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7428 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7429 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7430 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7431 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7433 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7434 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7435 single word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7437 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7438 subprocess.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7440 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7441 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7442 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7443 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7444 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7445 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7446 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7447 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7449 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7451 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7452 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7453 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7455 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7456 Key map for ispell menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7458 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7459 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7460 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7461 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7463 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version)) (not (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7465 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name))))))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7467 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote ("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote ("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote ("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote ("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote ("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7469 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote ("Continue Check" . ispell-continue))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote ("Check Word" . ispell-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote ("Check Comments" . ispell-comments-and-strings))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote ("Check Region" . ispell-region))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote ("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7471 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote ("Check Message" . ispell-message))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote ("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))))) (put (quote ispell-region) (quote menu-enable) (quote mark-active)) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7473 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7474 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7475 The alist key must be a regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7476 Valid forms include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7477 (KEY) - just skip the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7478 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7479 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7480 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7482 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7483 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7484 First list is used raw.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7485 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7487 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7488 for skipping in latex mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7490 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7492 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7493 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7494 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7495 in a window allowing you to choose one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7497 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7498 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7499 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7500 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7501 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7503 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7504 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7506 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7508 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7509 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7511 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7512 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7514 Selections are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7516 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7517 SPC: Accept word this time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7518 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7519 `a': Accept word for this session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7520 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7521 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7522 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7523 `?': Show these commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7524 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7525 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7526 the aborted check to be completed later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7527 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7528 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7529 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7530 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7531 `C-l': redraws screen
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7532 `C-r': recursive edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7533 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7535 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7536 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7537 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7539 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7540 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7541 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7543 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7545 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7547 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7548 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7549 Return non-nil if spell session completed normally." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7551 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7552 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7554 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7555 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7557 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7558 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7560 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7561 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7562 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7563 sequence inside of a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7565 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7567 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7568 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7570 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7571 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7572 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7574 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7575 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7577 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7578 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7580 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7581 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7582 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7583 Don't check included messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7585 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7586 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7587 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7589 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7590 in your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7591 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7592 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7593 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7594 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7596 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7597 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7598 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7600 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7602 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7603 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7604 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14169 3596))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7605 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7607 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7608 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7609 Return the name of a buffer selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7610 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7611 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7612 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7614 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7615 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7616 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7617 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7619 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7620 Switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7622 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7623 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7624 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7625 in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7626 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7628 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7629 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7630 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7631 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7633 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7634 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7635 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7636 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7638 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7639 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7640 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7641 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7643 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7645 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7646 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7647 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7648 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7649 ;;;;;; (13903 50605))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7650 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7652 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7653 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7655 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7657 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7658 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7659 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7660 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7661 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7662 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7663 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7664 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7666 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7667 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7668 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7669 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7671 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7672 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7673 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7674 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7675 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7677 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7678 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7679 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7680 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7682 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7683 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7684 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7685 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7687 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7688 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7690 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7691 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7692 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7693 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7694 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7696 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7697 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7698 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7699 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7700 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7702 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7703 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7704 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7706 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7708 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7709 ;;;;;; (14228 23899))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7710 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7712 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7713 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7714 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7715 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7717 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7718 following ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7720 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7721 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7722 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7723 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7724 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7726 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7727 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7728 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7729 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7731 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7732 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7733 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7734 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7735 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7736 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7737 strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7739 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7740 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7741 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7742 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7744 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7745 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7747 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (14097 45967))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7750 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7751 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7752 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7753 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7754 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7755 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7756 (interactive "P")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7757 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7758 (progn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7759 (require 'jka-compr)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7760 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7761 (toggle-auto-compression)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7762 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7764 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7766 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7767 ;;;;;; (13866 35246))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7768 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7770 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7771 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7772 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7774 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7775 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7776 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7777 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7778 shorter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7780 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7781 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7782 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7784 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7786 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7787 ;;;;;; 39847))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7788 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7790 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7791 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7792 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7793 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7794 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7795 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7796 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7798 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7800 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7801 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14135 45477))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7802 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7804 (defvar default-korean-keyboard "" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7805 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7806 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7808 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7809 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7811 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7813 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7815 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7816 ;;;;;; (13850 39344))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7817 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7819 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7821 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7822 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7824 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7826 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7827 Start or resume an Lm game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7828 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7829 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7831 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7832 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7833 none / 1 | yes | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7834 2 | yes | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7835 3 | no | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7836 4 | no | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7838 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7839 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7840 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7842 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7844 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7845 ;;;;;; (13774 36678))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7846 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7848 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7849 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7851 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7853 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7854 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (13971 14325))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7855 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7857 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7858 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7859 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7860 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7862 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7864 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7866 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7867 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7868 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7869 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7870 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7871 for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7873 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7874 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7875 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7876 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7877 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7879 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7880 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7881 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7882 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7883 slow to keep up with your typing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7885 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7886 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7887 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7888 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7889 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7890 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7892 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7893 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7894 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7895 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7897 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7898 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7899 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7900 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7902 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7903 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7904 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7905 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7906 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7908 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7909 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7911 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7913 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7914 ;;;;;; (13229 28763))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7915 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7917 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7918 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7920 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7921 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7923 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7924 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7926 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7927 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7928 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7929 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7930 for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7931 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7932 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7933 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7934 and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7935 \\{ledit-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7936 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7937 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7939 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7941 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7943 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 2952))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7944 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7946 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7947 Run Conway's Life simulation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7948 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7949 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7950 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7952 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7954 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7955 ;;;;;; 16173))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7956 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7958 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7959 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7960 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7961 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7963 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7965 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7966 ;;;;;; (13685 31779))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7967 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7969 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7970 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7972 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7973 Run the locate command with a filter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7975 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7977 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7978 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7979 ;;;;;; 56563))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7980 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7982 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7983 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7984 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7986 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7987 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7989 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7990 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7991 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7992 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7993 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7994 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7995 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7997 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7998 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7999 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8000 switch on this list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8001 See `lpr-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8003 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8004 *Name of program for printing a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8006 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8007 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8008 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8009 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8010 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8011 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8012 argument.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8014 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8015 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8016 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8018 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8019 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8020 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8022 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8023 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8024 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8026 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8027 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8028 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8030 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14184 170))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8033 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8035 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8036 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8037 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8038 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8039 package is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8041 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8043 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8044 ;;;;;; 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8045 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8047 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8048 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8049 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8051 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8053 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8055 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8056 ;;;;;; 30563))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8057 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8059 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8060 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8061 \\{m4-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8062 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8064 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8066 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8067 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28843))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8068 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8070 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8071 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8072 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8073 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8074 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8076 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8077 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8078 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8079 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8081 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8082 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8083 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8084 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8085 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8087 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8088 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8090 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8091 Query user during kbd macro execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8092 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8093 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8094 each time the macro executes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8095 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8096 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8097 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8098 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8099 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8100 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8101 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8103 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8104 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8105 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8107 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8108 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8109 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8110 execute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8112 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8113 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8115 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8116 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8117 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8118 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8119 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8121 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8122 looked like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8124 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8125 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8126 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8128 You could enter the names in this format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8130 foo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8131 bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8132 baz
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8134 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8136 \\C-x (
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8137 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8138 \\C-x )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8140 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8141 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8142 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8143 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8145 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8147 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8148 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (13616 25279))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8149 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8151 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8152 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8153 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8154 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8156 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8157 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8158 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8159 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8160 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8162 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8163 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8164 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8165 consing a string.)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8167 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8168 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8170 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8172 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8173 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8174 ;;;;;; (14075 51559))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8175 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8177 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8178 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8180 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8182 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8183 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8185 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8186 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8187 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8188 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8190 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8192 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8194 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8195 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (13772 47253))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8196 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8198 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8199 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8200 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8201 often correct parser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8203 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8205 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8206 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8207 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8208 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8209 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8210 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8212 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8214 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8215 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (13640 6043))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8216 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8218 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8219 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8221 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8222 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8223 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8225 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8226 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8227 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8229 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8231 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8232 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8233 ;;;;;; 15767))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8234 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8236 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8237 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8238 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8239 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8240 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8241 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8242 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8243 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8245 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8246 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8247 If interactive, expand in header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8248 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8249 their `Resent-' variants.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8251 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8252 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8254 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8255 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8256 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8258 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8259 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8260 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8261 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8263 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8264 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8265 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8266 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8268 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8270 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8271 ;;;;;; (14013 4126))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8272 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8274 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8275 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8276 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8278 \\{makefile-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8280 In the browser, use the following keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8282 \\{makefile-browser-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8284 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8286 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8287 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8289 makefile-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8290 The string that gets appended to all target names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8291 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8292 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8294 makefile-macro-assign:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8295 The string that gets appended to all macro names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8296 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8297 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8298 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8299 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8300 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8302 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8303 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8304 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8306 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8307 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8309 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8310 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8311 up or down in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8313 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8314 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8316 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8317 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8319 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8320 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8321 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8322 has been selected in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8324 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8325 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8326 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8327 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8328 filenames are omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8330 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8331 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8332 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8333 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8334 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8335 the backslash itself intact.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8336 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8337 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8339 makefile-browser-hook:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8340 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8341 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8343 makefile-special-targets-list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8344 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8345 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8346 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8348 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8350 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8351 ;;;;;; 28914))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8352 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8354 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8355 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8356 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8358 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8360 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14203 50437))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8361 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8363 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8365 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8366 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8367 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8368 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8369 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8370 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8371 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8373 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8374 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8376 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8378 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8379 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8380 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8381 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8382 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8383 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8384 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8385 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8386 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49476))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8389 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8390 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8392 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8393 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8394 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8395 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8396 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8397 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8399 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8400 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8402 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8403 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8405 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8406 *Local news organization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8408 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8409 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8410 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8411 variable `mail-header-separator'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8413 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8414 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8415 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8417 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8418 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8420 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8421 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8422 nil means use indentation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8424 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8425 *Function for citing an original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8426 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8427 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8428 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8430 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8431 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8432 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8433 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8434 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8436 (defvar message-signature t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8437 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8438 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8439 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8440 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8442 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8443 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8445 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8447 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8448 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8449 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8450 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8451 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8452 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8453 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8454 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8455 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8456 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8457 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8458 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8459 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8460 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8461 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8462 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8463 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8464 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8465 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8466 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8467 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8469 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8470 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8471 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8473 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8474 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8476 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8477 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8479 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8480 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8482 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8483 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8484 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8486 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8487 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8489 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8490 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8491 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8492 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8494 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8495 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8497 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8498 Forward the current message via mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8499 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8501 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8502 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8504 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8505 Re-mail the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8506 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8507 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8508 you." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8510 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8511 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8513 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8514 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8516 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8517 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8519 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8520 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8522 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8523 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8524 Works by overstriking characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8525 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8526 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8528 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8529 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8530 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8531 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8533 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8535 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8536 ;;;;;; (13549 38921))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8539 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8540 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8541 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8542 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8544 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8545 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8547 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8548 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8549 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8550 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8552 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8553 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8555 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8557 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8558 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8559 ;;;;;; (13977 61527))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8560 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8562 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8563 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8564 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8566 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8567 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8568 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8569 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8570 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8571 redisplayed as output is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8572 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8574 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8575 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8576 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8577 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8578 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8579 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8580 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8581 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8583 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8584 Process current region through 'metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8585 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8586 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8587 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8588 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8589 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8590 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8592 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8594 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8595 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14042 3200))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8596 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8598 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8599 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8600 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8601 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8603 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8605 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8606 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8607 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8608 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8609 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8610 that want to create a mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8611 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8613 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8614 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8615 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8616 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8618 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8620 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8621 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8622 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8623 using the MH mail handling system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8624 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8625 messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8627 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8629 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8631 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8632 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8633 the yanked message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8635 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8636 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8637 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8638 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8639 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8641 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8642 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8643 inserted in a draft letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8645 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8646 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8648 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8650 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8652 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (13644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8653 ;;;;;; 7194))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8654 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8656 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8657 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8658 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8659 to the MH mail system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8661 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8662 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8664 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28041))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8667 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8669 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8670 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8672 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14091 60586))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8675 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8677 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8679 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8681 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8683 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8685 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8687 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8688 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 9946))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8689 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8691 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8692 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8693 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8694 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8695 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8696 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8697 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8698 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8699 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8700 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8701 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8703 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8704 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8705 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8706 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8708 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8710 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8711 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8714 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8715 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8717 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8719 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8720 ;;;;;; (13552 32650))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8721 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8723 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8724 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8725 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8726 followed by the first character of the construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8727 \\<m2-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8728 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8729 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8730 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8731 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8732 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8733 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8734 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8735 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8736 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8737 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8738 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8739 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8740 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8741 \\[m2-link] link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8743 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8744 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8745 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8747 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8749 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8750 ;;;;;; 2269))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8753 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8754 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8755 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8756 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8758 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8760 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8762 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8764 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8765 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8766 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8767 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8768 Triple-clicking selects lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8769 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8771 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8772 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8773 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8774 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8776 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8777 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8779 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8780 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8782 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8784 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8785 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8786 primary selection and region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8788 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8790 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34398))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8793 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8794 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8796 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8798 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14162 41143))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8801 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8802 Toggle msb-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8803 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8804 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8806 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8808 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8810 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8811 Toggle Msb mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8812 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8813 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8814 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8816 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8818 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8819 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-systems
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8820 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8821 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8822 ;;;;;; (14184 58760))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8823 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8825 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8826 Display a list of all character sets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8828 The ID column contains a charset identification number for internal Emacs use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8829 The B column contains a number of bytes occupied in a buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8830 by any character in this character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8831 The W column contains a number of columns occupied on the screen
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8832 by any character in this character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8834 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8835 but still shows the full information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8837 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8838 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8840 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8841 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8843 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8844 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8845 at the place of `..':
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8846 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8847 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8848 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8849 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8850 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8851 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8852 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8853 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8854 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8855 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8856 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8857 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8858 `default-process-coding-system' for read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8859 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8860 `default-process-coding-system' for write
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8861 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8863 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8864 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8866 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8867 Display a list of all coding systems.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8868 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8870 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8871 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8873 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8874 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8876 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8877 Display information of FONTSET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8878 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8879 contained in FONTSET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8881 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8882 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8883 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8884 frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8886 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8887 o -- font already opened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8888 - -- font not yet opened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8889 x -- font can't be opened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8890 ? -- no font specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8892 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8893 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8895 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8896 Display a list of all fontsets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8897 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8898 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8899 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8901 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8902 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8904 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8905 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8907 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8908 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8909 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8910 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8912 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8913 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8914 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8916 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8917 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8918 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8920 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8922 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-chars compose-chars-component
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8923 ;;;;;; decompose-string decompose-region compose-region detect-coding-with-language-environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8924 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8925 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8926 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8927 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8928 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8929 ;;;;;; (14184 58760))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8930 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8932 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8933 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8934 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8936 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8938 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8940 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8941 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8943 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8944 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8945 The optional 2nd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8946 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8947 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8949 The optional 3rd arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8950 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8951 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8952 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8953 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8955 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8956 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8958 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8960 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.\n\nNested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is\nany Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form\n(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).\n\nYou can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key\nsequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ\ncan be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8962 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8963 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8964 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8965 is considered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8966 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8967 longer than KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8968 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8970 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8971 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8972 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8973 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8974 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8975 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8976 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8977 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8978 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8979 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8980 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8982 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8983 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8985 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8986 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8988 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8989 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8991 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8992 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8994 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8995 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8997 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8998 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8999 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9000 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9002 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9003 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9004 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9005 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9007 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9008 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9009 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9010 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9012 (autoload (quote compose-region) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9013 Compose all characters in the current region into one composite character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9014 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9015 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9017 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9018 Decompose all composite characters in the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9019 Composite characters are broken up into individual components.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9020 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9021 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9023 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9024 Decompose all composite characters in STRING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9026 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (ml . 3) (mc . 4) (mr . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 4) (mid-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (0 . 0) (1 . 1) (2 . 2) (3 . 3) (4 . 4) (5 . 5) (6 . 6) (7 . 7) (8 . 8))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9027 Alist of reference point symbols vs reference point codes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9028 A reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition rule
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9029 while making a composite character by the function `compose-chars'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9030 \(which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9032 Meanings of reference point codes are as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9034 0----1----2 <-- ascent 0:tl or top-left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9035 | | 1:tc or top-center
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9036 | | 2:tr or top-right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9037 | | 3:ml or mid-left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9038 | 4 <--+---- center 4:mc or mid-center
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9039 | | 5:mr or mid-right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9040 --- 3 5 <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9041 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9042 6----7----8 <-- descent 8:br or bottom-right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9044 Reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition rule of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9045 the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where GLOBAL-REF-POINT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9046 is a reference point in the overall glyphs already composed, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9047 NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to be added.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9049 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is 8 and NEW-REF-POINT is 1, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9050 overall glyph is updated as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9052 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9053 | | |
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9054 | global| |
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9055 | glyph | |
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9056 --- | | | <--- baseline (doesn't change)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9057 +----+--+--+
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9058 | | new |
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9059 | |glyph|
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9060 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9061 ")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9063 (autoload (quote compose-chars-component) "mule-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9065 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9066 Return one char string composed from the arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9067 For relative composition, each argument should be a non-composition character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9068 or a relative-composition character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9069 For rule-based composition, Nth (where N is odd) argument should be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9070 a non-composition character or a rule-based-composition character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9071 and Mth (where M is even) argument should be a composition rule.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9072 A composition rule has the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9073 See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9075 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9076 Convert composite character CHAR to a sequence of the components.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9077 Optional 1st arg TYPE specifies the type of sequence returned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9078 It should be `string' (default), `list', or `vector'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9079 Optional 2nd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE non-nil means the returned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9080 sequence contains embedded composition rules if any. In this case, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9081 order of elements in the sequence is the same as arguments for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9082 `compose-chars' to create CHAR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9083 If TYPE is omitted or is `string', composition rules are omitted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9084 even if WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is t." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9086 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9088 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9089 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp nslookup nslookup-host
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9090 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net-utils.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9091 ;;;;;; (13870 8854))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9092 ;;; Generated autoloads from net-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9094 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9095 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9097 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9098 Ping HOST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9099 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9100 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9102 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9103 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9105 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9107 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9108 Run netstat program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9110 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9111 Run the arp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9113 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9114 Run the route program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9116 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9117 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9119 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9120 Run nslookup program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9122 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9123 Run ftp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9125 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9126 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9128 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9129 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9130 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9131 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9133 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9135 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9136 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9138 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9139 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9141 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9143 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9144 ;;;;;; 49490))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9147 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9148 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9149 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9150 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9151 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9152 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9154 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9156 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9157 ;;;;;; (14030 49496))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9158 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9160 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9161 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9163 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9165 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9166 ;;;;;; (14030 49502))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9169 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9170 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9171 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9173 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9175 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9176 ;;;;;; (14030 49514))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9179 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9180 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9182 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9184 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9185 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14030 49518))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9188 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9189 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9191 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9192 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9194 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9195 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9197 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9199 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9200 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29108))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9201 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9203 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9204 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9205 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9207 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9209 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9210 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9211 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9212 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9214 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9215 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9216 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9217 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9219 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9221 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9222 ;;;;;; (13611 44372))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9225 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9226 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9227 \\{nroff-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9228 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9229 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9230 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9232 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9234 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9235 ;;;;;; (13145 50262))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9236 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9238 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9239 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9240 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9241 specified by `octave-help-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9242 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9244 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9246 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9247 ;;;;;; (14211 48115))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9248 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9250 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9251 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9252 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9254 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9256 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9257 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9259 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9260 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9261 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9263 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9265 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9267 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9268 ;;;;;; (13935 15541))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9271 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9272 Major mode for editing Octave code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9274 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9275 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9276 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9277 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9279 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9280 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9281 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9282 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9283 is why you need this mode!).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9285 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9286 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9287 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9289 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9291 Keybindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9292 ===========
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9294 \\{octave-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9296 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9297 ==============================================
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9299 octave-auto-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9300 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9301 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9303 octave-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9304 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9305 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9307 octave-blink-matching-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9308 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9309 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9311 octave-block-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9312 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9313 Default is 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9315 octave-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9316 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9317 Default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9319 octave-continuation-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9320 String used for Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9321 Default is a backslash.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9323 octave-mode-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9324 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9325 Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9327 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9328 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9329 command to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9331 octave-send-line-auto-forward
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9332 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9333 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9335 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9336 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9338 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9340 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9341 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9343 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9344 (setq auto-mode-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9345 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9347 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9348 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9350 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9351 (lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9352 (abbrev-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9353 (auto-fill-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9354 (if (eq window-system 'x)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9355 (font-lock-mode 1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9357 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9358 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9359 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9360 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9362 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9364 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9365 ;;;;;; (14045 29891))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9366 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9368 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9369 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9371 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9372 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9373 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9374 in which there are commands to set the option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9375 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9377 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9379 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9381 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9382 ;;;;;; (14115 62973))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9383 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9385 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9386 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9387 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9388 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9390 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9391 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9392 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9393 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9395 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9396 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9397 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9398 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9399 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9400 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9402 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9403 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9405 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9406 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9407 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9408 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9409 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9410 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9411 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9412 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9413 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9414 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9415 The subheadings remain visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9416 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9418 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9419 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9420 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9422 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9423 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9425 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9426 Toggle Outline minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9427 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9428 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9430 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9432 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (14118 2930))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9433 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9435 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9436 Toggle Show Paren mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9437 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9438 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9440 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9441 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9443 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9445 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9446 ;;;;;; 4426))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9449 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9450 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9451 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9453 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9454 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9456 Other useful functions are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9458 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9459 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9460 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9461 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9462 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9463 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9464 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9465 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9466 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9468 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9470 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9471 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9472 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9473 Indentation for case statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9474 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9475 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9476 mark after an end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9477 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9478 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9479 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9480 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9481 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9482 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9483 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9484 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9485 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9486 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9488 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9489 pascal-separator-keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9491 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9492 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9494 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9497 ;;;;;; (13229 29211))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9500 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9501 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9502 The keys affected are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9503 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9504 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9505 M-Backspace does undo.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9506 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9507 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9508 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9510 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9512 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9513 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34130))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9516 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9517 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9519 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9521 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9522 which modify the status of the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9524 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9525 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9527 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9528 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9530 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9531 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9532 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9533 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9534 turning pc-selection-mode on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9536 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9537 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9539 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9540 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9541 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9543 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9544 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9545 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9547 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9548 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9550 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9551 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9552 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9554 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9555 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9556 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9558 F6 other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9559 DELETE delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9560 C-DELETE kill-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9561 M-DELETE kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9562 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9563 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9564 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9566 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9567 Toggle PC Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9568 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9569 and cursor movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9570 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9571 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9573 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9575 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9577 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9579 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9580 ;;;;;; (13639 60556))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9581 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9583 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9584 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9585 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9586 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9587 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9588 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9589 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9590 \\{perl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9591 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9592 perl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9593 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9594 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9595 perl-tab-to-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9596 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9597 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9598 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9599 perl-nochange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9600 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9601 perl-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9602 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9603 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9604 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9605 perl-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9606 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9607 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9608 perl-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9609 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9610 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9611 perl-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9612 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9613 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9614 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9615 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9616 perl-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9617 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9619 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9620 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9621 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9622 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9623 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9624 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9625 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9627 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9629 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9631 ;;;### (autoloads (ph-query-form ph-expand-inline ph-get-phone ph-get-email)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9632 ;;;;;; "ph" "ph.el" (13623 48498))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9633 ;;; Generated autoloads from ph.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9635 (autoload (quote ph-get-email) "ph" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9636 Get the email field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9638 (autoload (quote ph-get-phone) "ph" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9639 Get the phone field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9641 (autoload (quote ph-expand-inline) "ph" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9642 Query the PH server, and expand the query string before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9643 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9644 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. If it contains more than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9645 one word, the variable `ph-inline-query-format-list' controls to map these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9646 onto CCSO database field names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9647 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9648 `ph-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9649 If REPLACE is t, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9650 If `ph-expanding-overwrites-query' is t, that inverts the meaning of REPLACE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9652 (autoload (quote ph-query-form) "ph" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9653 Display a form to query the CCSO PH/QI nameserver.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9654 If given a non-nil argument the function first queries the server
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9655 for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9657 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9659 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9660 ;;;;;; (13906 30600))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9661 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9663 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9664 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9665 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9666 afterwards settable by these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9667 C-c < Move left after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9668 C-c > Move right after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9669 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9670 C-c . Move down after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9671 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9672 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9673 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9674 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9675 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9676 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9677 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9678 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9679 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9680 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9681 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9682 with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9683 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9684 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9685 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9686 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9687 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9688 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9689 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9690 Return Move to beginning of next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9691 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9692 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9693 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9694 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9695 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9696 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9697 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9698 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9699 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9700 You can manipulate text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9701 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9702 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9703 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9704 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9705 text is saved in the kill ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9706 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9707 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9708 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9709 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9710 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9711 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9712 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9713 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9714 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9715 commands if invoked soon enough.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9716 You can return to the previous mode with:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9717 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9718 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9720 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9722 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9723 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9725 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9727 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9729 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9730 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15913))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9733 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9734 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9735 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9736 can handle, whenever this is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9737 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9739 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9740 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9741 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9742 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9743 in the variable `values'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9745 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9746 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9747 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9748 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9750 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9752 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9753 ;;;;;; (13446 12642))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9756 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9757 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9758 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9759 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9760 \\{prolog-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9761 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9762 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9764 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9765 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9767 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14053 43936))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9770 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9772 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9773 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9774 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9776 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9778 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9779 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9780 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (14138 30128))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9781 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9783 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9784 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9786 Valid values are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9788 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9789 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9790 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9791 changed by setting the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9792 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9793 The initial value of this variable is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9794 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9796 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9797 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9798 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9799 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9800 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9801 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9802 test it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9804 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9805 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9806 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9807 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9808 source file. BDF fonts are included in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9809 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9810 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9811 use this value, be sure to have installed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9812 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9813 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9814 documentation of this variable).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9816 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9817 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9818 characters. This is convenient when you want or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9819 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9820 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9821 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9823 Any other value is treated as nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9825 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9826 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9827 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9829 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9831 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9832 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9834 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9836 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9838 Returns the value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9840 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9842 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9843 the sequence." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9845 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9846 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9848 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9849 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9850 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9852 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9854 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9856 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9857 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9858 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9859 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9860 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-paper-type) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (14182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9861 ;;;;;; 2572))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9862 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9864 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9865 *Specifies the size of paper to format for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9866 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9867 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9869 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9870 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9872 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9873 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9874 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9876 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9877 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9878 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9880 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9881 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9882 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9883 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9884 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9886 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9887 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9888 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9890 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9891 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9892 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9893 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9894 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9896 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9897 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9898 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9899 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9901 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9903 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9904 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9905 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9906 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9907 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9909 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9911 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9912 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9913 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9915 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9917 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9918 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9919 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9920 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9921 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9923 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9925 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9926 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9928 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9929 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9930 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9932 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9933 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9934 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9936 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9937 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9938 using the current ps-print setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9939 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9940 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9942 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9943 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9944 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9946 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9947 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9948 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9950 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9951 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9953 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9954 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9956 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9957 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9959 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9961 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9963 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9964 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9966 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9967 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9969 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9971 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9973 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9975 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9976 foreground and background colors respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9978 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9979 bold - use bold font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9980 italic - use italic font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9981 underline - put a line under text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9982 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9983 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9984 shadow - text will have a shadow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9985 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9986 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9988 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9990 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9992 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9993 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9994 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9995 ;;;;;; (14171 42620))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9996 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9998 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9999 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10000 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10002 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10003 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10004 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10005 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10006 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10007 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10008 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10010 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10011 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10012 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10013 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10014 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10015 shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10016 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10018 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10020 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10021 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10022 command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10024 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10025 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10026 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10027 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10029 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10030 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10031 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10032 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10033 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10034 to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10036 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10037 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10038 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10039 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10041 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10042 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10043 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10044 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10046 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10047 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10048 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10049 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10050 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10051 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10053 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10054 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10055 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10056 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10057 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10058 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10060 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10061 covers Quail translation region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10063 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10064 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10065 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10066 for it) is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10068 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10069 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10070 vs. corresponding command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10072 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10073 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10074 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10076 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10077 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10079 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10080 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10081 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10082 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10083 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10085 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10086 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10087 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10088 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10089 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10090 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10091 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10092 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10093 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10094 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10096 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10097 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10099 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10100 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10101 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10103 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10104 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10105 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10106 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10107 a function, or a cons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10108 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10109 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10110 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10111 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10112 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10113 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10114 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10115 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10116 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10118 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10119 it is used to handle KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10121 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10122 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10123 current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10125 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10126 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10128 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10129 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10131 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10132 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10133 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10134 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10135 of the Emacs source tree.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10137 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10138 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10140 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10141 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10142 of each directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10144 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10146 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10147 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10148 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "../../../../gd/gnu/emacs/lisp/quickurl.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10149 ;;;;;; (14286 57107))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10150 ;;; Generated autoloads from ../../../../gd/gnu/emacs/lisp/quickurl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10152 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10153 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10154 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10155 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10157 To make use of this do something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10159 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10161 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10163 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10165 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10166 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10168 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10169 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10171 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10172 is decided." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10174 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10176 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10177 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10179 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10180 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10182 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10183 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10185 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10187 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10189 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10190 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10192 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10194 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "rcompile.el" (13149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10195 ;;;;;; 16506))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10196 ;;; Generated autoloads from rcompile.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10198 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10199 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10200 See \\[compile]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10202 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10204 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10205 ;;;;;; open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10206 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10207 ;;;;;; move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (13926 23562))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10208 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10210 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10211 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10212 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10213 spaces and tab." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10215 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10216 Delete (don't save) text in rectangle with point and mark as corners.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10217 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10218 where the region begins and ending with the line where the region ends." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10220 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10221 Delete contents of rectangle and return it as a list of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10222 Arguments START and END are the corners of the rectangle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10223 The value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10225 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10226 Return contents of rectangle with corners at START and END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10227 Value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10229 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10230 Delete rectangle with corners at point and mark; save as last killed one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10231 Calling from program, supply two args START and END, buffer positions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10232 But in programs you might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10234 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10235 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10237 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10238 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10239 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10240 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10241 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10242 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10243 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10245 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10246 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark, shifting text right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10247 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10248 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10249 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10251 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10252 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10253 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10254 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10255 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10257 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10258 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10259 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10261 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10263 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10264 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10265 The text previously in the region is overwritten by the blanks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10266 When called from a program, requires two args which specify the corners." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10268 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10270 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10271 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex.el" (14198 46022))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10272 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10274 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10275 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10277 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10278 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10280 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10281 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10282 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10283 \\ref macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10285 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10286 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10287 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10289 A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10290 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10292 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10293 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10295 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10296 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10298 \\{reftex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10299 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10300 on the menu bar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10302 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10304 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10305 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10306 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10307 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10308 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10309 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10311 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10313 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10314 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10315 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10316 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10318 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10319 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10320 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10321 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10323 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10325 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10326 ;;;;;; (14168 7138))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10327 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10329 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10330 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10331 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10332 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10333 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10334 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10336 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10337 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10339 but typically contains more regexp grouping constructs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10340 Use `regexp-opt-depth' to count them." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10342 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10343 Return the depth of REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10344 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10345 in REGEXP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10347 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10349 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4553))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10350 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10352 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10353 Repeat most recently executed command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10354 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10355 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10356 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10358 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10359 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10360 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10362 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10364 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10365 ;;;;;; (13651 32636))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10366 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10368 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10370 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10372 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10373 ;;;;;; (13229 29313))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10374 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10376 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10377 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10378 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10379 visibility of comments that precede it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10380 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10381 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10382 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10383 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10384 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10385 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10386 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10387 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10388 the comment lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10389 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10390 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10391 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10392 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10393 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10394 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10396 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10398 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10399 ;;;;;; 50658))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10400 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10402 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10403 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10405 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10407 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10408 ;;;;;; (13107 22379))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10409 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10411 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10412 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10414 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10415 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10417 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10419 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "rlogin.el" (13845 29546))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10420 ;;; Generated autoloads from rlogin.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10421 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10423 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10424 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10425 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10426 other arguments for `rlogin'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10428 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10430 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10431 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10432 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10433 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10435 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10436 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10438 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10439 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10441 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10442 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10443 INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10445 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10446 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10447 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10448 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10449 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10451 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10452 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10453 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10454 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10456 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10457 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10458 variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10460 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10462 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10463 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10464 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10465 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10466 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10467 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14211 33252))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10468 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10470 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10471 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10472 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10473 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10475 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10476 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10477 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10478 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10479 value is the user's name.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10480 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10482 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10483 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10484 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10485 which normally happens once for each message,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10486 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10487 To make a change in this variable take effect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10488 for a message that you have already viewed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10489 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10491 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10492 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10493 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10494 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10496 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10497 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10499 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10500 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10501 A value of nil means don't highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10502 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10504 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10505 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10507 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10508 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10510 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10511 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10512 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10513 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10514 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10516 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10517 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10519 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10520 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10522 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10523 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10525 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10526 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10528 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10529 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10531 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10532 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10534 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10535 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10536 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10537 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10539 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10540 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10542 This is set to nil by default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10544 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10545 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10546 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10547 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10548 until a user explicitly requires it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10550 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10551 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10553 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10554 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10555 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10556 this feature is required with `require'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10558 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10559 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10560 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10561 the message is decoded as normal way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10563 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10564 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10565 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10567 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10568 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10569 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10571 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10572 Read and edit incoming mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10573 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10574 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10575 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10577 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10578 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10579 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10580 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10582 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10584 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10585 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10586 All normal editing commands are turned off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10587 Instead, these commands are available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10589 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10590 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10591 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10592 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10593 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10594 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10595 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10596 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10597 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10598 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10599 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10600 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10601 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10602 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10603 till a deleted message is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10604 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10605 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10606 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10607 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10608 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10609 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10610 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10611 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10612 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10613 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10614 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10615 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10616 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10617 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10618 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10619 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10620 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10621 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10622 (label defaults to last one specified).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10623 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10624 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10625 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10626 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10627 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10628 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10629 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10630 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10631 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10633 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10634 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10636 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10637 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10639 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10641 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10642 ;;;;;; (13738 33868))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10643 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10645 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10646 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10648 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10650 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10651 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10652 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8065))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10653 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10655 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10656 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10657 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10659 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10660 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10661 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10663 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10665 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10666 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10667 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10668 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10669 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10671 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10672 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10673 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10674 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10675 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10677 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10679 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10680 ;;;;;; (13772 51036))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10681 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10683 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10684 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10685 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10686 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10688 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10690 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10691 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10692 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6366))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10693 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10695 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10696 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10697 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10698 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10699 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10700 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10701 a file name as a string.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10703 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10704 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10705 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10706 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10707 buffer visiting that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10708 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10709 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10711 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10712 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10714 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10715 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10717 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10718 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10720 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10721 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10722 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10723 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10724 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10726 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10727 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10728 will be appended with their original headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10730 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10731 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10733 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10734 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10736 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10738 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10739 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10740 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10742 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10744 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10745 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10746 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10747 ;;;;;; 48729))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10748 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10750 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10751 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10752 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10754 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10755 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10756 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10758 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10759 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10760 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10762 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10763 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10764 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10766 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10767 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10768 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10770 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10771 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10772 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10774 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10775 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10776 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10777 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10779 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10781 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-summary-line-decoder rmail-summary-by-senders
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10782 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10783 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary rmail-summary-line-count-flag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10784 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10785 ;;;;;; (14181 58887))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10786 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10788 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10789 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10791 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10792 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10794 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10795 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10797 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10798 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10799 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10801 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10802 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10803 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10804 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10805 only look in the To and From fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10806 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10808 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10809 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10810 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10811 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10812 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10814 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10815 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10816 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10817 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10818 look in the whole message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10819 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10821 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10822 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10823 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10825 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10826 *Function to decode summary-line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10828 By default, `identity' is set.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10830 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10832 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10833 ;;;;;; (13668 48323))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10834 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10836 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10837 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10838 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10839 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10841 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10843 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10844 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (13253 16866))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10845 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10847 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10848 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10849 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10851 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10852 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10854 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10856 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10857 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10858 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10859 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14118 2329))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10860 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10862 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10863 Toggle resizing the minibuffer so its entire contents are visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10864 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10865 use either \\[customize] or the function `resize-minibuffer-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10867 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10869 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10871 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10872 *Maximum size the minibuffer window is allowed to become.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10873 If less than 1 or not a number, the limit is the height of the frame in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10874 which the active minibuffer window resides.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10876 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10877 *Allow making minibuffer exactly the size to display all its contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10878 If `nil', the minibuffer window can temporarily increase in size but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10879 never get smaller while it is active. Any other value allows exact
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10880 resizing.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10882 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10883 *Allow changing the frame height of minibuffer frames.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10884 If non-`nil' and the active minibuffer is the sole window in its frame,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10885 allow changing the frame height.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10887 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10888 *Maximum size the minibuffer frame is allowed to become.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10889 If less than 1 or not a number, there is no limit.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10891 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10892 *Allow making minibuffer frame exactly the size to display all its contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10893 If `nil', the minibuffer frame can temporarily increase in size but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10894 never get smaller while it is active. Any other value allows exact
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10895 resizing.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10897 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10898 Toggle resize-minibuffer mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10899 With argument, enable resize-minibuffer mode if and only if argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10900 is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10902 When this minor mode is enabled, the minibuffer is dynamically resized to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10903 contain the entire region of text put in it as you type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10905 The variable `resize-minibuffer-mode' is set to t or nil depending on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10906 whether this mode is active or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10908 The maximum height to which the minibuffer can grow is controlled by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10909 variable `resize-minibuffer-window-max-height'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10911 The variable `resize-minibuffer-window-exactly' determines whether the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10912 minibuffer window should ever be shrunk to make it no larger than needed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10913 display its contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10915 When using a window system, it is possible for a minibuffer to be the sole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10916 window in a frame. Since that window is already its maximum size, the only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10917 way to make more text visible at once is to increase the size of the frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10918 The variable `resize-minibuffer-frame' controls whether this should be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10919 done. The variables `resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10920 `resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly' are analogous to their window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10921 counterparts." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10923 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10925 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10926 ;;;;;; (13730 29898))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10929 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10930 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10931 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10933 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10934 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10935 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10936 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10937 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10938 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10940 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10941 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10942 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10943 \\{scheme-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10944 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10945 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10947 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10948 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10949 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10951 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10952 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10953 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10954 \\{scheme-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10955 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10956 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10957 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10959 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10961 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10962 ;;;;;; (14030 49534))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10963 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10965 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10966 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10967 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10969 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10971 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10973 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (13552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10974 ;;;;;; 24630))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10975 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10977 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10978 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10979 Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10980 \\{scribe-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10982 Interesting variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10984 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10985 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10987 scribe-electric-quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10988 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10990 scribe-electric-parenthesis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10991 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10992 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10994 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10996 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10997 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10998 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10999 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-from-style) "sendmail"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11000 ;;;;;; "mail/sendmail.el" (14115 60575))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11003 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11004 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11006 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11007 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11008 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11009 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11010 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11011 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11012 If `system-default', Rmail allows the system to insert its default From field.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11014 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11015 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11016 This is done when the message is initialized,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11017 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11019 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11020 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11021 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11023 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11024 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11026 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11027 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11028 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11029 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11031 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11032 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11034 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11035 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11036 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11038 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11039 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11040 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11041 when you first send mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11043 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11044 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11045 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11046 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11047 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11049 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11050 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11051 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11052 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11053 This file need not actually exist.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11055 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11056 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11057 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11058 If a string, that string is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11059 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11060 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11061 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11062 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11064 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11065 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11066 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11067 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11068 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11069 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11070 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11071 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11072 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11073 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11074 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11075 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11076 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11078 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11079 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11080 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11081 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11082 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11083 See also the function `select-sendmail-coding-system'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11085 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11086 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11087 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11089 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11090 User should not set this variable manually,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11091 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11092 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11093 See also the function `select-sendmail-coding-system'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11094 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11096 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11097 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11098 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11099 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11101 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11102 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11104 \\<mail-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11105 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11107 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11108 to move to message header fields:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11109 \\{mail-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11111 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11112 when the message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11114 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11115 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11117 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11118 is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11120 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11121 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11123 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11124 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11126 The second through fifth arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11127 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11128 the initial contents of those header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11129 These arguments should not have final newlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11130 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11131 original message being replied to, or else an action
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11132 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11133 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11134 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11135 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11136 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11137 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11139 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11140 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11142 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11143 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11145 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11147 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14057 44873))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11148 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11150 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11151 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11152 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11153 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11154 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11155 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11157 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11159 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11161 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11162 ;;;;;; (14053 30123))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11163 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11165 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11166 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11167 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11168 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11169 `sgml-quick-keys'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11171 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11172 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11173 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11175 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11176 your `.emacs' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11178 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11180 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11181 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11182 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11184 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11185 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11186 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11187 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11188 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11189 which this is based.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11191 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11193 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11194 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11195 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11196 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11198 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11199 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11200 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11202 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11203 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11204 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11205 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11207 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11208 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11209 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11210 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11212 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11214 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11215 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11216 To work around that, do:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11217 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11219 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11221 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11223 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11224 ;;;;;; (14202 47537))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11225 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11227 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11229 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11230 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11231 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11232 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11233 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11234 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11236 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11237 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11238 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11239 shell-specific features.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11241 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11242 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11243 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11245 \\[sh-case] case statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11246 \\[sh-for] for loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11247 \\[sh-function] function definition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11248 \\[sh-if] if statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11249 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11250 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11251 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11252 \\[sh-select] select loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11253 \\[sh-until] until loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11254 \\[sh-while] while loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11256 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11257 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11258 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11259 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11260 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11261 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11263 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11264 {, (, [, ', \", `
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11265 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11267 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11268 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11269 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11271 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11272 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11274 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11276 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11278 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11279 ;;;;;; (13667 34738))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11280 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11282 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11283 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11285 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11286 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11287 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11288 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11289 the earlier.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11291 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11293 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11295 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11296 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11297 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11299 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11300 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11302 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11303 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11304 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11305 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11306 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11307 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11308 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11309 emacs version).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11311 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11312 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11313 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11314 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11315 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11317 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11318 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11319 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11321 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11323 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11324 ;;;;;; (14143 46028))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11325 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11327 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11328 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11329 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11330 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11331 shell buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11333 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11334 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11335 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11337 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11339 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11340 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11341 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11342 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11343 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11344 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11345 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11346 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11347 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11348 discards input when it starts up.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11349 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11350 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11351 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11353 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11354 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11355 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11356 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11357 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11358 `default-process-coding-system'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11360 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11361 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11362 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11363 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11365 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11366 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11368 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11370 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (13578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11371 ;;;;;; 3004))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11372 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11374 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11375 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11376 \\{simula-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11377 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11378 simula-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11379 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11380 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11381 simula-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11382 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11383 simula-substatement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11384 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11385 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11386 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11387 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11388 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11389 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11390 simula-label-offset -4711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11391 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11392 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11393 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11394 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11395 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11396 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11397 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11398 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11399 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11400 simula-electric-indent nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11401 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11402 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11403 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11404 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11405 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11406 or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11407 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11408 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11409 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11410 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11412 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11413 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11415 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11416 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11417 at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11419 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11421 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11422 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11423 ;;;;;; (13940 33237))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11424 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11426 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11427 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11429 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11430 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11431 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11432 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11433 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11435 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11436 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11437 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11438 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11439 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11440 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11441 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11443 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11444 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11445 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11447 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11448 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11449 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11450 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11451 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11452 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11453 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11455 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11456 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11457 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11459 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11460 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11462 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11463 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11464 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11465 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11467 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11468 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11469 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11470 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11472 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11473 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11474 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11476 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11477 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11479 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11480 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11482 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11483 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11484 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11485 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11486 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11487 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11488 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11489 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11490 nil skipped
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11492 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11493 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11494 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11495 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11496 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11497 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11498 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11499 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11501 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11502 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11503 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11504 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11505 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11506 available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11508 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11509 then: insert previously read string once more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11510 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11511 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11512 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11514 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11515 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11517 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11518 Insert the character you type ARG times.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11520 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11521 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11522 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11523 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11525 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11526 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11527 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11529 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11531 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11532 ;;;;;; (14186 47077))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11533 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11535 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11537 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11539 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16190))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11540 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11542 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11543 Play the Snake game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11544 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11546 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11548 snake-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11549 \\<snake-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11550 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11551 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11552 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11553 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11554 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11555 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11556 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11558 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11560 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11562 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "snmp-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11563 ;;;;;; (14082 18353))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11564 ;;; Generated autoloads from snmp-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11566 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11567 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11568 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11569 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11570 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11571 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11572 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11573 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11574 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11576 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11577 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11578 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11579 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11580 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11581 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11582 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11583 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11584 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11586 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11588 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11589 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11590 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11591 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11593 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11594 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11596 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11597 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11598 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11600 For example, the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11602 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11603 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11605 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11607 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11608 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11610 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11611 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11612 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11613 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11615 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11617 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11618 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11620 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11621 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11622 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11623 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11625 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11627 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11628 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11629 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11630 pair.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11632 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11634 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11635 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11636 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11638 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11639 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11641 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11643 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11644 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11645 Requires floating point." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11647 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11649 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11650 ;;;;;; 19835))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11651 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11653 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11654 Play Solitaire.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11656 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11657 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11658 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11659 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11660 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11661 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11662 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11663 check after each move or undo)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11665 What is Solitaire?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11667 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11668 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11669 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11671 Le Solitaire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11672 ============
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11674 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11676 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11678 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11680 o o o . o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11682 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11684 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11686 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11688 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11689 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11690 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11691 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11693 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11694 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11695 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11696 this: o o .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11698 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11699 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11701 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11703 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11705 . o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11707 o o . o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11709 o . o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11711 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11713 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11715 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11717 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11719 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11721 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11723 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11724 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11725 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (13304 43432))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11726 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11728 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11729 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11730 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11732 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11733 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11734 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11735 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11736 contiguous.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11738 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11739 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11740 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11741 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11743 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11744 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11746 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11747 It moves point to the start of the next record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11748 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11749 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11750 is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11752 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11753 It should move point to the end of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11755 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11756 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11757 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11758 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11759 starts at the beginning of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11761 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11762 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11763 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11765 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11766 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11767 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11768 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11769 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11770 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11772 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11773 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11774 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11775 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11776 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11777 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11779 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11780 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11781 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11782 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11783 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11784 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11786 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11787 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11788 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11789 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11790 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11791 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11792 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11794 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11795 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11796 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11797 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11798 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11799 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11800 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11801 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11803 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11804 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11805 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11806 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11807 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11808 is to be used for sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11809 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11810 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11811 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11812 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11813 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11815 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11817 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11818 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11820 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11821 starting with the letter \"f\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11822 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11824 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11825 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11826 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11827 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11828 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11829 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11830 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11831 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11833 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11834 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11835 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11836 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11837 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11839 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11840 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11841 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11843 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11845 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11846 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14168 6532))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11847 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11849 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11851 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11852 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11853 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11854 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11855 supported at a time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11856 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11857 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11859 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11860 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11861 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11862 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11864 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11866 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11867 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46126))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11868 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11870 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11872 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11873 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11874 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11875 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11876 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11877 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11879 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11880 Check spelling of word at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11881 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11882 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11884 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11885 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11886 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11887 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11888 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11890 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11891 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11893 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11895 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11896 ;;;;;; 43407))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11897 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11899 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11900 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11902 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11903 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11905 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11907 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11908 ;;;;;; (14184 35036))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11911 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11912 Shows short help for the SQL modes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11914 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11915 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11917 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11919 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11921 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11923 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11924 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11925 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11926 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11927 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11928 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11929 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11931 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11933 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11934 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11935 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11936 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11938 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11939 entry function you want to use regularly:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11941 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11943 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11944 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11945 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11946 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11948 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11949 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11950 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11952 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11953 Major mode to edit SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11955 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11956 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11957 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11959 \\{sql-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11960 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11962 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11963 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11964 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11965 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11966 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11967 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11969 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11970 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11972 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11973 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11975 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11976 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11977 `*SQL*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11979 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11980 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11982 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11983 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11985 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11986 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11987 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11988 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11989 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11990 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11991 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11992 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11994 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11995 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11997 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11999 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12001 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12002 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12003 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12004 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (13337 50329))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12005 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12007 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12008 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12010 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12011 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12012 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12013 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12014 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12015 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12017 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12019 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12020 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12021 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12022 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12023 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12024 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12025 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12027 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12028 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12029 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12030 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12031 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12032 then complete the stroke with button3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12033 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12035 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12036 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12037 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12039 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12040 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12041 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12043 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12044 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12046 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12048 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12049 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12051 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12052 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12054 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12056 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12057 Toggle strokes being enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12058 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12059 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12060 mode in all buffers when activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12061 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12062 new strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12064 > M-x global-set-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12066 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12067 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12068 strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12070 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12071 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12073 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12075 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12076 ;;;;;; (14192 4731))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12077 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12079 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12080 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12081 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12082 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12083 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12084 original message but it does require a few things:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12086 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12088 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12089 reply buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12091 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12092 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12093 original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12095 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12097 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12099 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12100 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12101 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12103 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12105 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8735))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12106 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12108 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12109 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12110 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12111 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12112 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12114 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12115 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12116 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12117 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12118 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12119 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12120 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12122 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12124 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29627))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12125 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12127 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12128 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12130 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12132 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14189 16949))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12133 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12135 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12136 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12137 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12138 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12139 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12140 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12141 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12143 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12144 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12145 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12146 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12148 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12149 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12151 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12153 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-mode) "tcl-mode" "progmodes/tcl-mode.el" (13878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12154 ;;;;;; 37688))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12157 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12158 Major mode for editing tcl scripts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12159 The following keys are bound:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12160 \\{tcl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12161 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12163 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12165 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "telnet.el" (13858 52046))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12166 ;;; Generated autoloads from telnet.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12167 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12169 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12170 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12171 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12172 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12173 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12174 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12175 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12176 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12178 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12179 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12180 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12181 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12183 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12185 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12186 ;;;;;; 23781))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12187 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12189 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12190 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12191 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12192 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12193 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12194 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12196 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12197 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12199 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12200 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12202 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12204 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12205 ;;;;;; 19919))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12206 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12208 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12209 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12210 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12211 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12212 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12213 program as keyboard input.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12215 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12216 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12217 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12218 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12220 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12221 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12222 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12223 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12224 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12226 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12228 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12229 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12230 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12231 terminal-redisplay-interval.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12233 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12234 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12235 subprocess started." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12237 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12239 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 15872))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12240 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12242 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12243 Play the Tetris game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12244 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12245 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12246 as to form complete rows.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12248 tetris-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12249 \\<tetris-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12250 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12251 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12252 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12253 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12254 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12255 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12256 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12257 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12259 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12261 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12263 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12264 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12265 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12266 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12267 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12268 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12269 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12270 ;;;;;; (14079 17189))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12271 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12273 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12274 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12276 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12277 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12278 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12279 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12280 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12282 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12283 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12284 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12285 if it matches the first line of the file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12286 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12288 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12289 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12290 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12291 if the variable is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12293 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12294 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12296 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12297 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12298 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12299 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12301 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12302 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12303 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12304 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12306 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12307 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12308 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12309 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12311 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12312 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12313 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12314 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12316 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12317 *User defined LaTeX block names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12318 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12320 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12321 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12322 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12323 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12325 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12326 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12327 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12328 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12330 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12331 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12332 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12333 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12335 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12336 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12337 for example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12339 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12340 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12342 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12343 use.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12345 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12346 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12347 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12348 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12350 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12351 window system being used. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12353 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12354 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12356 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12357 otherwise.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12359 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12360 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12361 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12363 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote plain-tex-mode) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12364 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12365 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12366 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12367 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12369 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12370 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12372 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12373 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12375 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12376 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12377 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12378 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12379 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12380 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12381 says which mode to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12383 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12385 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12387 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12389 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12390 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12391 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12392 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12393 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12395 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12396 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12397 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12398 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12399 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12400 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12401 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12403 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12404 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12406 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12407 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12409 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12410 tex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12411 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12412 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12413 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12414 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12415 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12416 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12417 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12418 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12419 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12420 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12421 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12422 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12423 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12424 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12426 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12427 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12428 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12430 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12431 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12432 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12433 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12434 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12436 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12437 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12438 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12439 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12440 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12441 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12442 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12444 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12445 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12447 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12448 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12450 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12451 latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12452 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12453 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12454 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12455 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12456 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12457 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12458 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12459 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12460 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12461 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12462 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12463 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12464 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12465 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12467 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12468 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12469 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12471 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12472 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12473 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12474 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12475 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12477 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12478 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12479 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12480 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12481 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12482 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12483 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12485 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12486 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12488 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12489 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12491 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12492 slitex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12493 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12494 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12495 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12496 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12497 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12498 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12499 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12500 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12501 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12502 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12503 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12504 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12505 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12506 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12508 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12509 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12510 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12511 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12513 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12515 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12517 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12518 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14160 15906))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12519 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12521 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12522 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12523 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12524 name specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12526 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12527 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12528 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12530 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12531 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12532 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12533 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12534 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12536 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12537 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12538 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12539 names specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12541 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12542 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12543 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12544 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12546 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12547 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12549 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12551 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12552 ;;;;;; (14015 33043))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12553 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12555 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12556 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12558 It has these extra commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12559 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12561 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12562 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12563 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12564 modified version of TeX input format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12566 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12567 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12568 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12569 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12571 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12572 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12573 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12574 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12575 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12576 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12577 in the Texinfo file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12579 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12580 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12581 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12582 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12583 move forward past the closing brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12585 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12586 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12588 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12589 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12590 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12592 Here are the functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12594 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12595 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12596 texinfo-sequential-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12598 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12599 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12600 texinfo-master-menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12602 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12604 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12605 which menu descriptions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12607 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12608 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12609 in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12611 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12612 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12613 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12614 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12616 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12617 be the first node in the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12619 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12620 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12622 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12624 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12625 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12626 ;;;;;; (14021 43245))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12627 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12629 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12630 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12631 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12633 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12634 keybindings, are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12636 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12637 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12638 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12640 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12641 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12642 texinfo-master-menu ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12644 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12646 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12647 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12649 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12650 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12652 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12653 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12655 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12656 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12657 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12658 `p' takes you straight through the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12660 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12661 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12662 marked region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12664 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12665 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12666 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12667 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12669 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12671 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-pre-write-conversion thai-post-read-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12672 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12673 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12674 ;;;;;; (13969 36778))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12675 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12677 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12678 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12680 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12681 Compose Thai characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12682 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12683 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12685 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12686 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12688 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12689 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12691 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12693 (autoload (quote thai-pre-write-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12695 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12697 ;;;### (autoloads (thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12698 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (13916 24948))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12699 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12701 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12702 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12704 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12705 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12706 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12707 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12708 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12710 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12711 a symbol as a valid THING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12713 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12714 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12716 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12717 Return the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12718 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12719 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12720 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12722 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12723 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12725 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12727 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12728 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-compose-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12729 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-composition tibetan-compose-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12730 ;;;;;; tibetan-vertical-stacking tibetan-complete-char-examin tibetan-composable-examin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12731 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-examin tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12732 ;;;;;; setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12733 ;;;;;; (13994 41097))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12734 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12736 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12738 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12739 Return a transcription string of Tibetan character CH" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12741 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12742 Translate Roman transcription into a sequence of Tibetan components." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12744 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-examin) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12745 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12746 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12748 (autoload (quote tibetan-composable-examin) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12749 Check if Tibetan char CH is composable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12750 Returns t if CH is a composable char (i.e. neither punctuation nor digit)." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12752 (autoload (quote tibetan-complete-char-examin) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12753 Check if composite char CH contains one or more vowel/vowel modifiers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12754 Returns non-nil, if CH contains vowel/vowel modifiers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12756 (autoload (quote tibetan-vertical-stacking) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12757 Return a vertically stacked composite char consisting of FIRST and SECOND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12758 If UPWARD is non-nil, then SECOND is put above FIRST." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12760 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12761 Compose a sequence of Tibetan character components into a composite character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12762 Returns a string containing a composite character." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12764 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12765 Interface to quail input method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12766 Takes two arguments: char PC and string KEY, where PC is the preceding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12767 character to be composed with current input KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12768 Returns a string which is the result of composition." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12770 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12771 Decompose Tibetan characters in the region BEG END into their components.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12772 Components are: base and subjoined consonants, vowel signs, vowel modifiers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12773 One column punctuations are converted to their 2 column equivalents." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12775 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12776 Make composite chars from Tibetan character components in the region BEG END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12777 Two column punctuations are converted to their 1 column equivalents." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12779 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12780 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12781 See also docstring of the function tibetan-decompose-region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12783 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12784 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12785 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12787 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12789 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12791 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12793 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12794 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (14127 12135))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12795 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12797 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12798 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12800 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12801 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12802 This display updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12803 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12804 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12805 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12807 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12808 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12809 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12811 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12812 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12813 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12814 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12816 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12818 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12819 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14011 51994))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12820 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12822 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12823 Update the time stamp string in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12824 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12825 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12826 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12827 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12828 look like one of the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12829 Time-stamp: <>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12830 Time-stamp: \" \"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12831 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12832 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12833 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12834 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12835 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12836 and `time-stamp-end' control finding the template." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12838 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12839 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12840 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12842 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12844 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12845 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12846 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52718))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12847 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12849 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12851 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12852 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12854 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12855 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12857 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12858 Perform an action at time TIME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12859 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12860 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12861 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12862 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12863 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12864 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12866 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12868 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12869 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12870 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12871 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12872 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12874 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12876 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12877 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12878 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12879 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12881 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12882 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12883 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12884 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12885 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12887 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12888 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12890 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12891 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12892 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12893 The call should look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12894 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12895 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12896 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12897 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12898 be detected." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12900 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12902 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12903 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46611))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12904 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12906 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12907 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12908 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12909 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12911 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12912 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12913 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12914 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12915 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12916 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12917 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12919 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12921 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12922 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (13700 6160))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12923 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12924 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12925 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12926 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12928 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12929 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12930 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12931 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12932 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12934 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12935 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12936 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12937 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12938 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12940 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12941 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12942 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12943 in the menu in two ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12944 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12945 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12946 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12948 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12949 keymap or an alist of alists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12950 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12951 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12953 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12955 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (14228 23896))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12956 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12958 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12959 Mode for tooltip display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12960 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12962 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12964 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (13697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12965 ;;;;;; 41987))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12966 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12968 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12970 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12972 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12973 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12975 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12977 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12978 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36813))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12979 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12981 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12982 Set scroll margins." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12984 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12985 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12987 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12988 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12990 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12992 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 21722))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12993 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12995 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12996 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12997 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12998 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12999 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13001 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13003 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13004 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (13607 52218))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13007 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13008 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13010 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13011 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13012 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13013 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13014 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13015 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13016 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13017 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13019 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13020 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13021 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13022 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13023 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13024 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13025 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13027 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13029 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13030 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33653))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13031 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13032 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13033 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13034 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13036 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13037 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13038 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13039 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13040 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13041 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13042 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13044 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13045 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13046 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13047 accepting the proposed default buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13049 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13051 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13052 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13053 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13054 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13055 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13056 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13057 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13059 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13060 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13062 First column's text sSs Second column's text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13063 \\___/\\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13064 / \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13065 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13067 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13069 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13071 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13072 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13073 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13074 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14118 2396))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13075 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13077 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13078 Toggle typing break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13079 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13080 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13081 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13083 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13085 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13087 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13088 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13090 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13091 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13093 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13094 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13095 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13097 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13098 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13100 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13101 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13102 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13104 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13105 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13106 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13107 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13108 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13109 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13111 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13112 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13113 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13114 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13116 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13117 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13119 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13120 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13122 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13123 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13124 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13126 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13127 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13128 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13129 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13130 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13131 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13132 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13134 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13135 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13137 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13138 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13139 reset the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13141 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13142 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13143 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13144 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13146 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13147 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13148 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13149 `type-break-schedule' command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13151 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13152 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13153 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13154 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13155 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13156 or not to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13158 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13159 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13160 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13161 approximate good values for this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13163 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13164 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13166 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13167 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13168 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13169 `type-break-warning-repeat'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13170 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13171 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13173 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13174 a typing break occur. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13176 `type-break-query-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13177 `type-break-query-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13178 `type-break-query-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13180 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13182 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13183 Take a typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13185 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13186 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13188 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13189 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13191 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13192 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13193 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13194 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13196 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13197 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13199 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13200 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13201 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13202 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13203 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13204 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13205 average typing speed.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13207 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13208 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13209 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13210 the computed maximum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13212 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13213 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13214 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13215 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13216 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13218 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13220 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13221 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (13229 29692))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13222 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13224 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13225 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13226 Works by overstriking underscores.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13227 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13228 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13230 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13231 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13232 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13233 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13235 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13237 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13238 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (13475 35425))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13239 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13241 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13242 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13243 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13245 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13246 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13247 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13248 following the containing message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13250 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13252 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13253 ;;;;;; (13229 29737))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13254 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13256 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13257 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13258 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13259 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13260 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13261 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13263 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13264 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13266 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13268 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13269 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (13323 27503))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13270 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13272 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13273 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13274 This function has a choice of three things to do:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13275 do (signal 'buffer-file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13276 to refrain from editing the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13277 return t (grab the lock on the file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13278 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13279 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13280 in any way you like." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13282 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13283 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13284 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13285 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13286 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13288 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13289 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13291 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13293 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13294 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13295 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13296 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13297 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13298 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13299 ;;;;;; 50318))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13300 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13302 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13303 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13304 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13306 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13307 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13308 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13310 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13311 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13313 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13314 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13315 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13316 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13317 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13318 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13320 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13321 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13322 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13323 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13325 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13326 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13327 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13328 it will operate on the file in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13329 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13330 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13331 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13332 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13333 lock steals will raise an error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13334 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13336 For RCS and SCCS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13337 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13338 control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13339 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13340 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13341 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13342 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13343 it performs a revert.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13344 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13345 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13346 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13347 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13348 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13349 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13350 the option to steal the lock.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13352 For CVS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13353 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13354 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13355 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13356 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13357 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13358 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13359 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13360 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13361 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13363 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13364 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13366 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13367 Display diffs between file versions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13368 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13369 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13370 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13371 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13373 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13374 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13375 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13376 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13378 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13379 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13380 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13381 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13383 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13385 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13386 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13387 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13389 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13391 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13392 Make a snapshot called NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13393 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13394 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13395 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13397 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13398 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13399 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13400 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13401 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13402 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13403 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13405 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13406 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13408 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13409 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13410 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13411 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13412 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13413 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13415 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13416 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13417 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13419 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13420 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13422 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13423 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13424 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13425 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13426 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13428 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13430 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13431 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13432 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13434 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13435 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13436 default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13438 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13439 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13440 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13441 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13443 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13444 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13445 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13446 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13448 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13450 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13451 ;;;;;; (14177 57984))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13454 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13455 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13457 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13458 ------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13460 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13461 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13462 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13463 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13464 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13465 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13466 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13467 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13468 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13469 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13470 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13471 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13472 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13473 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13474 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13475 The following abbreviations can also be used:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13476 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13477 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13478 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13480 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13481 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13482 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13484 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13485 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13486 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13487 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13488 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13489 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13490 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13491 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13492 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13494 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13495 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13496 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13497 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13498 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13499 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13500 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13501 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13503 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13504 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13505 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13507 - COMMENTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13508 `--' puts a single comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13509 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13510 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13511 comment in between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13512 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13513 following lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13514 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13515 uncomments a region if already commented out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13517 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13518 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13519 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13520 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13521 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13522 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13523 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13524 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13525 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13526 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13527 multi-line comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13529 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13530 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13531 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13532 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13533 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13534 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13535 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13536 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13537 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13539 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13540 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13541 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13542 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13543 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13544 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13545 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13546 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13547 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13548 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13550 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13551 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13552 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13553 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13554 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13555 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13556 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13557 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13558 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13559 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13560 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13561 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13562 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13564 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13566 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13567 menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13569 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13571 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13572 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13573 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13574 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13575 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13577 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13578 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13579 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13580 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13581 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13582 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13583 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13584 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13585 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13587 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13588 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13589 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13590 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13591 specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13593 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13594 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13595 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13596 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13597 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13598 the current directory for VHDL source files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13600 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13601 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13602 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13603 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13604 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13605 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13606 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13607 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13608 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13609 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13610 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13612 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13613 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13614 Math Packages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13616 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13617 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13618 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13619 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13620 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13621 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13622 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13623 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13625 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13626 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13627 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13628 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13629 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13630 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13632 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13633 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13634 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13635 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13636 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13638 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13639 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13640 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13641 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13642 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13644 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13645 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13646 highlighted if written in lower case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13648 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13649 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13650 is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13652 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13653 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13654 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13656 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13657 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13658 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13660 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13661 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13662 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13664 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13665 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13666 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13667 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13668 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13669 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13670 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13672 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13673 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13674 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13675 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13676 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13678 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13679 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13680 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13681 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13683 - HINTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13684 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13687 Maintenance:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13688 ------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13690 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13691 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13693 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13695 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13696 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13697 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13698 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13700 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13701 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13702 version and release notes can be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13705 Bugs and Limitations:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13706 ---------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13708 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13709 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13710 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13711 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13712 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13713 does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13716 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13717 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13719 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13720 -------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13722 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13724 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13726 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29770))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13727 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13729 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13730 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13731 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13732 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13734 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13735 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13736 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13737 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13738 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13740 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13741 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13743 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13745 * Limitations and unsupported features
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13746 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13747 not supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13748 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13749 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13751 * Modifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13752 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13753 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13754 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13755 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13756 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13757 for undoing a repeated change command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13758 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13759 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13760 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13762 * Extensions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13763 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13764 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13765 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13766 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13767 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13768 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13769 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13770 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13772 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13774 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13776 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13777 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13778 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13779 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11221))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13780 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13782 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13783 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13785 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13786 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13788 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13789 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13790 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13791 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13793 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13794 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13796 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13797 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13798 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13799 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13801 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13802 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13804 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13806 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13808 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13810 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13811 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13812 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (13968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13813 ;;;;;; 41260))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13814 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13816 (defvar view-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13817 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13818 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13819 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13821 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13823 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13824 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13825 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13826 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13827 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13828 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13829 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13831 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13833 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13834 View FILE in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13835 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13836 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13837 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13838 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13839 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13840 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13842 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13844 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13845 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13846 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13847 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13848 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13849 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13850 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13851 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13853 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13855 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13856 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13857 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13858 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13859 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13860 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13861 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13863 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13865 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13866 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13867 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13869 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13870 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13871 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13872 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13873 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13874 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13875 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13876 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13878 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13880 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13881 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13882 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13884 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13885 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13886 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13887 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13888 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13889 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13890 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13891 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13893 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13895 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13896 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13897 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13899 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13900 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13901 With arg, turn View mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13903 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13904 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13905 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13906 read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13907 \\<view-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13908 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13909 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13910 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13911 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13912 commands default to a repeat count of one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13914 H, h, ? This message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13915 Digits provide prefix arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13916 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13917 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13918 > move to the end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13919 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13920 SPC scroll forward prefix (default \"page size\") lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13921 DEL scroll backward prefix (default \"page size\") lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13922 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] except prefix sets \"page size\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13923 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] except prefix sets \"page size\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13924 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13925 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13926 RET, LFD scroll forward prefix (default one) line(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13927 y scroll backward prefix (default one) line(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13928 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13929 Use this to view a changing file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13930 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13931 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13932 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13933 . set the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13934 x exchanges point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13935 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13936 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13937 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13938 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13939 ' go to position saved in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13940 s do forward incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13941 r do reverse incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13942 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13943 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13944 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13945 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13946 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13947 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13948 p searches backward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13949 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13950 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13951 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13952 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13953 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13954 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13955 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13956 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13958 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13959 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame (\\[view-file],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13960 \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13961 current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer as is done by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13962 View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, View-file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13963 View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[view-leave] , \\[view-quit] and \\[view-kill-and-leave] will return
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13964 to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13966 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13968 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13969 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13970 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13971 `view-return-to-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13972 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13973 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13974 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13976 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13977 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13978 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13979 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13980 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13981 1) nil Do nothing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13982 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13983 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13984 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13985 4) quit-window Do quit-window in WINDOW.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13987 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13989 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13991 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13992 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13994 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13996 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13220))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13997 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13999 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14000 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14002 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14004 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14005 ;;;;;; (13691 17826))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14006 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14008 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14009 Toggle Viper on/off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14010 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14012 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14013 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14015 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14017 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "webjump.el" (13883 38120))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14018 ;;; Generated autoloads from webjump.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14020 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14021 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14023 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14024 hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14026 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14027 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14029 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14031 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14032 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14118 2519))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14033 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14035 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14036 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14037 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14038 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14040 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14042 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14044 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14046 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14047 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14048 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14049 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14051 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14052 and off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14054 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14056 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14057 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28295))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14058 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14060 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14061 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14063 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14064 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14066 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14067 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14069 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14070 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14071 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14073 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14075 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14076 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14081 4940))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14077 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14079 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14080 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14081 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14083 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14084 Create widget of TYPE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14085 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14087 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14088 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14090 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14092 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14093 ;;;;;; (14118 1446))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14094 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14096 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14097 Toggle winner-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14098 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14099 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14101 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14103 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14105 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14106 Toggle Winner mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14107 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14109 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14111 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14112 ;;;;;; (13415 51533))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14113 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14115 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14116 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14118 BUGS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14119 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14120 are not implemented
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14121 - Options for search and replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14122 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14123 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14125 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14126 Emacs-like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14128 The key bindings are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14130 C-a backward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14131 C-b fill-paragraph
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14132 C-c scroll-up-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14133 C-d forward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14134 C-e previous-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14135 C-f forward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14136 C-g delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14137 C-h backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14138 C-i indent-for-tab-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14139 C-j help-for-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14140 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14141 C-l ws-repeat-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14142 C-n open-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14143 C-p quoted-insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14144 C-r scroll-down-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14145 C-s backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14146 C-t kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14147 C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14148 C-v overwrite-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14149 C-w scroll-down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14150 C-x next-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14151 C-y kill-complete-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14152 C-z scroll-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14154 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14155 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14156 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14157 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14158 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14159 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14160 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14161 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14162 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14163 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14164 C-k b ws-begin-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14165 C-k c ws-copy-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14166 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14167 C-k f find-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14168 C-k h ws-show-markers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14169 C-k i ws-indent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14170 C-k k ws-end-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14171 C-k p ws-print-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14172 C-k q kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14173 C-k r insert-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14174 C-k s save-some-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14175 C-k t ws-mark-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14176 C-k u ws-exdent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14177 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14178 C-k v ws-move-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14179 C-k w ws-write-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14180 C-k x kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14181 C-k y ws-delete-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14183 C-o c wordstar-center-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14184 C-o b switch-to-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14185 C-o j justify-current-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14186 C-o k kill-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14187 C-o l list-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14188 C-o m auto-fill-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14189 C-o r set-fill-column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14190 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14191 C-o wd delete-other-windows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14192 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14193 C-o wo other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14194 C-o wv split-window-vertically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14196 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14197 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14198 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14199 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14200 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14201 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14202 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14203 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14204 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14205 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14206 C-q a ws-query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14207 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14208 C-q c end-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14209 C-q d end-of-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14210 C-q f ws-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14211 C-q k ws-to-block-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14212 C-q l ws-undo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14213 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14214 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14215 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14216 C-q w ws-last-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14217 C-q y ws-kill-eol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14218 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14219 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14221 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14223 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (13929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14224 ;;;;;; 31262))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14225 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14227 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14228 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14229 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14231 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14233 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14235 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14236 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43523))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14237 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14239 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14240 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14242 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14243 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14245 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14246 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14247 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14249 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14250 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14252 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14254 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14255 ;;;;;; "zone-mode.el" (13674 19972))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14256 ;;; Generated autoloads from zone-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14258 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14259 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14261 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "A mode for editing DNS zone files.\n\nZone-mode does two things:\n\n - automatically update the serial number for a zone\n when saving the file\n\n - fontification" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14263 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14265 ;;; Don't make backup versions of this file - most of it is generated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14266 ;;; automatically by autoload.el, and what isn't changes rarely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14267 ;;; Local Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14268 ;;; version-control: never
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14269 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14270 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14271 ;;; End:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14272 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here